SOURCE_FILE: Ra Uru Hu - PHS Practitioner Certification 2-2 - 174p.pdf TITLE: Ra Uru Hu - PHS Practitioner Certification 2-2 - 174p PAGES: 174 --- PAGE 1 --- --- PAGE 2 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation ii Cover/Mau Cattaneo Transcribed/Patricia Balentine Proofed/Eileen Smith (Feb. 2010) Layout/Becky Markley The Rave BodyGraph™ and Rave Mandala™ are registered trademarks of Jovian Archive Corporation. --- PAGE 3 --- The Upper Color Chains Table of Contents PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation iii TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................................... iii The IHDS PHS Certification Year 2: PHS Practicioner ....................................... viii Lecture One ....................................................................................... 1 Fourth Color Chains: Lines 1 and 2 .................................................................. 1 The 4th Color ............................................................................................. 1 The Upper Colors ....................................................................................... 1 The 1, 4, 1 ................................................................................................ 3 The 2, 4, 1 ................................................................................................ 4 The 3, 4, 1 ................................................................................................ 5 The 4, 4, 1 ................................................................................................ 6 The 5, 4, 1 ................................................................................................ 7 The 6, 4, 1 ................................................................................................ 8 The 2nd Line Hermit Body ............................................................................ 9 The 1, 4, 2 ................................................................................................ 9 The 2, 4, 2 ................................................................................................ 9 The 3, 4, 2 .............................................................................................. 10 The 4, 4, 2 .............................................................................................. 11 The 5, 4, 2 .............................................................................................. 12 The 6, 4, 2 .............................................................................................. 13 Lecture Two ..................................................................................... 15 Fourth Color Chains: Lines 3 and 4 ................................................................ 15 The 3rd Line Martyr Body ........................................................................... 15 The 1, 4, 3 .............................................................................................. 16 The 2, 4, 3 .............................................................................................. 17 The 3, 4, 3 .............................................................................................. 18 The 4, 4, 3 .............................................................................................. 20 The 5, 4, 3 .............................................................................................. 21 The 6, 4, 3 .............................................................................................. 22 The 4th Line Opportunist Body .................................................................... 22 The 1, 4, 4 .............................................................................................. 23 The 2, 4, 4 .............................................................................................. 24 The 3, 4, 4 .............................................................................................. 25 The 4, 4, 4 .............................................................................................. 26 The 5, 4, 4 .............................................................................................. 26 The 6, 4, 4 .............................................................................................. 27 Lecture Three .................................................................................. 29 Fourth Color Chains: Lines 5 and 6 ................................................................ 29 Profile ..................................................................................................... 29 The 5th Line Heretic Body .......................................................................... 30 --- PAGE 4 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation iv The 1, 4, 5 .............................................................................................. 30 The 2, 4, 5 .............................................................................................. 32 The 3, 4, 5 .............................................................................................. 33 The 4, 4, 5 .............................................................................................. 34 The 5, 4, 5 .............................................................................................. 35 The 6, 4, 5 .............................................................................................. 36 The 6th Line ............................................................................................ 37 The 1, 4, 6 .............................................................................................. 38 The 6th Line Mutation: The Kangaroo ......................................................... 39 The 2, 4, 6 .............................................................................................. 40 The 3, 4, 6 .............................................................................................. 40 The 4, 4, 6 .............................................................................................. 41 The 5, 4, 6 .............................................................................................. 42 The 6, 4, 6 .............................................................................................. 42 Lecture Four .................................................................................... 45 Fifth Color Chains: Lines 1 and 2 ................................................................... 45 The 5th Color: Sound ................................................................................ 45 The 1, 5, 1 .............................................................................................. 46 The 2, 5, 1 .............................................................................................. 48 The 3, 5, 1 .............................................................................................. 49 The 4, 5, 1 .............................................................................................. 51 The 5, 5, 1 .............................................................................................. 52 The 6, 5, 1 .............................................................................................. 52 The 2nd Line Hermit Body .......................................................................... 54 The 1, 5, 2 .............................................................................................. 54 The 2, 5, 2 .............................................................................................. 55 The 3, 5, 2 .............................................................................................. 56 The Right: Low Frequency Sound ............................................................... 56 The 4, 5, 2 .............................................................................................. 57 The 5, 5, 2 .............................................................................................. 57 The 6, 5, 2 .............................................................................................. 59 Lecture Five ..................................................................................... 61 Fifth Color Chains: Lines 3 and 4 ................................................................... 61 The 3rd Line ............................................................................................. 61 The 1, 5, 3 .............................................................................................. 62 The 2, 5, 3 .............................................................................................. 64 The 3, 5, 3 .............................................................................................. 65 The 4, 5, 3 .............................................................................................. 66 The 5, 5, 3 .............................................................................................. 67 The 6, 5, 3 .............................................................................................. 68 The 4th Line ............................................................................................. 70 The 1, 5, 4 .............................................................................................. 70 The 2, 5, 4 .............................................................................................. 71 --- PAGE 5 --- The Upper Color Chains Table of Contents PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation v The 3, 5, 4 .............................................................................................. 72 The 4, 5, 4 .............................................................................................. 72 The 5, 5, 4 .............................................................................................. 74 The 6, 5, 4 .............................................................................................. 74 Balance .................................................................................................. 75 Lecture Six ...................................................................................... 77 Fifth Color Chains: Lines 5 and 6 ................................................................... 77 The 5th Line Paranoid, Seductive Body ........................................................ 77 The Ego .................................................................................................. 78 The G Center ........................................................................................... 79 The 1, 5, 5 .............................................................................................. 80 The 2, 5, 5 .............................................................................................. 80 The 3, 5, 5 .............................................................................................. 81 The 4, 5, 5 .............................................................................................. 82 The 5, 5, 5 .............................................................................................. 84 The 6, 5, 5 .............................................................................................. 84 The 6th Line ............................................................................................. 85 The 1, 5, 6 .............................................................................................. 87 The 2, 5, 6 .............................................................................................. 88 The 3, 5, 6 .............................................................................................. 89 The 4, 5, 6 .............................................................................................. 90 The 5, 5, 6 .............................................................................................. 91 The 6, 5, 6 .............................................................................................. 91 Lecture Seven .................................................................................. 93 Sixth Color Chains: Lines 1 and 2 .................................................................. 93 The Relationship between the 1 and the 6 ................................................... 93 Left Fixing: Daytime Eaters ....................................................................... 94 Right-Fixed: Nocturnal Body ...................................................................... 94 The External Artificial: Very Sensitive to UV Light ......................................... 95 The 1, 6, 1 .............................................................................................. 95 The 2, 6, 1 .............................................................................................. 96 The 3, 6, 1 .............................................................................................. 97 The 4, 6, 1 .............................................................................................. 98 The 5, 6, 1 .............................................................................................. 99 The 6, 6, 1 ............................................................................................ 100 The 2nd Line .......................................................................................... 101 The 1, 6, 2 ............................................................................................ 101 The 2, 6, 2 ............................................................................................ 101 The 3, 6, 2 ............................................................................................ 102 The 4, 6, 2 ............................................................................................ 103 The 5, 6, 2 ............................................................................................ 104 The 6, 6, 2 ............................................................................................ 105 Commitment and Attention to Strategy and Authority ................................. 105 --- PAGE 6 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation vi Lecture Eight ................................................................................. 107 Sixth Color Chains: Lines 3 and 4 ................................................................ 107 The 3rd Line ........................................................................................... 107 The 1, 6, 3 ............................................................................................ 107 The 2, 6, 3 ............................................................................................ 108 The 3, 6, 3 ............................................................................................ 109 The 4, 6, 3 ............................................................................................ 111 The 5, 6, 3 ............................................................................................ 112 The 6, 6, 3 ............................................................................................ 113 The 4th Line ........................................................................................... 113 The 1, 6, 4 ............................................................................................ 114 The 2, 6, 4 ............................................................................................ 115 The 3, 6, 4 ............................................................................................ 116 The 4, 6, 4 ............................................................................................ 117 The 5, 6, 4 ............................................................................................ 118 The 6, 6, 4 ............................................................................................ 119 Lecture Nine .................................................................................. 121 Sixth Color Chains: Lines 5 and 6 ................................................................ 121 The 5th Line ........................................................................................... 121 The 6th Color ......................................................................................... 121 The 1, 6, 5 ............................................................................................ 122 The 2, 6, 5 ............................................................................................ 123 The 3, 6, 5 ............................................................................................ 124 The 4, 6, 5 ............................................................................................ 124 The 5, 6, 5 ............................................................................................ 126 The 6, 6, 5 ............................................................................................ 127 The 6th Line ........................................................................................... 128 The 1, 6, 6 ............................................................................................ 128 The 2, 6, 6 ............................................................................................ 129 The 3, 6, 6 ............................................................................................ 130 The 4, 6, 6 ............................................................................................ 131 The 5, 6, 6 ............................................................................................ 132 The 6, 6, 6 ............................................................................................ 133 Lecture Ten ................................................................................... 135 The Three Chain Groups ............................................................................. 135 Three Groups: Rigid, Energetic and Sensitive ............................................ 135 Class Discussion about What These Three Groups Really Mean .................... 137 Lecture Eleven ............................................................................... 151 Chains and Determination .......................................................................... 151 Homogenized Problems ........................................................................... 152 PHS Serves the Infrastructure ................................................................. 153 Unique Immune Systems ........................................................................ 154 --- PAGE 7 --- The Upper Color Chains Table of Contents PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation vii In Incorrectness Everything Works against You .......................................... 155 The Need for a Holistic Approach to the Human Being................................. 155 The 3rd Color ......................................................................................... 157 PHS is a Right One Earns ........................................................................ 158 Three Steps in the Holistic Transformation ................................................ 158 The Surface Rules Everything .................................................................. 159 The Design of Elvis Presley ...................................................................... 160 Expansion of Awareness.......................................................................... 160 Children and PHS ................................................................................... 161 Illustration Library ........................................................................ 163 Lecture 10 ................................................................................................ 163 The Three Chain Groups ......................................................................... 163 Lecture 11 ................................................................................................ 164 Example Chart ....................................................................................... 164 Example Chart PHS ................................................................................ 165 ~ --- PAGE 8 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation viii The IHDS PHS Certification Year 2: PHS Practicioner The Primary Health System (PHS) is a revolutionary approach to well being. PHS was first introduced by Ra Uru Hu in April 2003. As empowering as Human Design is for the Personality Passenger, PHS is the awakening key for the Design Vehicle. PHS is the result of years of ground laying work in the sub-structure of the Line. The PHS Practitioner Program Year Two focuses on the 216 Chains that define our possi- ble paths of differentiation and well-being. The PHS Primary Health System Analyst program is open to any student who has completed PHS Analyst Year One program. The IHDS is the official Human Design and Global Incarnation Index certifying and licensing authority. The IHDS offers programs leading to official certification in both teaching and practice. The PHS Primary Health System Practitioner is such a credit program. To complete this program for certification, students are required to complete the entire program of three years. This book is a transcript of the second year, second semester originally taught in Winter of 2006. ~ --- PAGE 9 --- PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 1 Lecture One Fourth Color Chains: Lines 1 and 2 The 4th Color Hello everyone and welcome back to our second semester and the completion of our journey through the chains. We really step into a very different world of digestion the moment that we step away from the lower colors and we enter into the upper colors. Obviously, we’re going to begin with our 4th color chains. So, without further ado, because we have our journey to go through, let’s begin. The Upper Colors Everything about the upper color, think about it for a moment. Most of what we look at in terms of the 4, 5 and 6 is relatively modern. And when I say relatively modern it probably began to emerge in the latter years of the Roman Empire, maybe about 500, 600 AD, but it really made a jump when we went to the nine-centered being. That is, 1781, this whole transformation of stepping into this transitionary form. The 5 and 6 are very much connected specifically as colors to the emergence of rave. Where the 4 is sort of a kind of like a crossover. The 3 and the 4 share a quality to- gether. That is, that they are both manipulative. The 3rd color manipulates the con- dition. That is, the hot and the cold. And when we’re dealing with the 4th color it manipulates the environment. The reason that I speak of the 5th or 6th century A.D. is that all of this is about the expansion of population. That expansion of population really changes things. One of the signs of the health of any species is its capacity to be able to procreate and ulti- mately to be able to dominate its environment enough so that it’s secure. We’ve ob- viously see that Homo sapiens killer monkey certainly was enormously competent in all of that and that meant it was able to reproduce at will, literally. And given that is our genetic imperative and that we are trapped by conditioning and that the repro- ductive agency tends to be one that is quite pleasurable, we ended up with a vast population expansion and the nature of eating began to change. The other thing is commerce. We cannot look at the upper colors and particularly the 5th and 6th colors without understanding that the world is a business. What I mean by that is that as we went beyond the stage in which we simply hunted and farmed, as we began to develop an actual civilization, that is when we began to de- velop the potential for human beings to specialize in things other than hunting, ga- thering and washing and cleaning, or whatever the hell it was, the moment we began --- PAGE 10 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 2 to expand that, we also created different kinds of communities, temporary or not. What we could call Pentas or WA’s that were formed as a by-product of industry. For example, the Industrial Revolution where you would have hundreds of people operating in an environment, though in the early days there certainly were no cafe- terias they were given a common eating point. And you ended up with all these people being forced to eat with others, eat with strangers, the transition of the rare traveler’s inn, into what we commonly refer to as the restaurant, the advent of people who were not in your family or in your tribe feeding you. Everything about the upper colors has to do with the advancement of our civilization, and particularly has a direct relationship to population explosion. This leads us to something that is very, very important. When I began in doing ana- lytical work and I talked to people about sleeping in their own room, sleeping in their own bed, I was always very clear about the fact that for, I don’t know what the per- centage might be, 70, 80% of humanity that is literally not possible. Not possible because of the physical poverty and not possible because of the superficial wealth. In other words, these 60, 70 story apartment buildings that have 70 stories of toilets on top of each other in which all of the auras are interconnected in one way or another. When we enter into the upper colors we enter into the domain that our well-being isn’t simply a matter of ourselves anymore. That our well-being is being conditioned by our environment and that this is not a matter of choice, we have an evolved di- gestive system that is sensitized to the environment rather than the conditions. So we have a step here. We have an evolutionary progression. One that is both natural in the way in which the 4 emerges, and then of course, the very modern, the movement towards the next mutation that emerges in the 5 and the 6. In other words, sensitivities to the environment in regards to the digestive systems that are incredibly sensitive, and incredibly sensitive to nuances of frequencies. I can remember when I went to one of my early trips to California and I was talking about health, well-being, human beings and my main comment was that this was a communal problem. That is, if you have a world that’s not-self, it is all being homo- genized by conditioned factors. It is something for us to see that circumstances are very, very different. In other words, you can see right away that if you’re born with a determination that is rooted in an upper color that your whole life and your well- being and the capacity of your brain and all of these things, are dependent upon the environment you take nutrition in. Now, that’s quite something to think about. In other words, I guess an aspect of that is that you’re going to have beings that are going to have to be very aware of their circumstances, very aware of their environ- ments. And we know that that’s not the case because we’re dealing with the not-self and we know that all of this is literally pointless unless somebody is operating ac- cording to their Strategy and Authority. --- PAGE 11 --- Lecture One Fourth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 3 The 1, 4, 1 When we begin our journey, let’s take a step back here. We’re dealing with tone; we’re dealing with the architecture of cognition. We are dealing with the first of the binaries, the Splenic binary, obviously, deeply related to the immune system. This is a concentrated frequency. Of course, eve- rything about the nature of all of this is that it is the movement of frequency. The cognition is rooted in smell. In other words, in being able to build in the body the olfactory capacities, to be able to enhance whatever the potential might be, in this case the potential being here in the 1st line and that 1st line being the Investigator. Ob- viously, there is a deep need in this being in terms of their body how important it is that the smell is right. And not only how impor- tant the smell is right, but as they operate according to their determination they’re going to be able to enhance the very olfactory capacity that they have to rely on in order to bring out the best possibility of them in a 1st line configuration. That is, the potential of the investigative brain, let’s think of it that way for a moment. A neo- cortex that has a deep capacity to look into things and it is stimulated through aro- ma. Again, they’re not necessarily aromas that one is consciously aware of. This is not about the personality and its rudimentary relationship to what we actually take in that can be ―smelled.‖ And when we’re dealing with this as a left fixing we are deal- ing with calm. This is me. It is quite something to consistently control your envi- ronment; again, this manipulative quality, because I find that that is my deepest tendency. I’m fortunate in that I’m a Manifestor with a closed aura so I don’t necessarily attract stimulation if I don’t appear to be looking for it, if you know what I mean. But still, you live a family life. It’s very difficult for me to eat a meal when there are distur- bances, things happening and whatever. And of course, the tendency is to try to control the environment. You’ll notice, by the way, the calm environment as a control environment is used in monasteries and prisons and all kinds of places. Again, to understand the manipula- tive power that is inherent in the 4th color. It is defenseless otherwise. How differ- ent the upper colors are from the lower colors where they can almost-like the per- sonal density as opposed to transpersonal karma. And I don’t mean to make that too literal. It’s like if you’re a condition person it’s all in your own hands. It’s up to you. It doesn’t matter to you whether there is Joe or Jack beside you, or Jane, or whoever it is. It doesn’t make any difference. You have your condition. Then you jump up and you go into the upper color and you can’t do it for yourself. The last taste of that is here in the 4th color. Because here in the 4th color what you --- PAGE 12 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 4 really have is that you have a little bit of that—well, I’m going to control the condi- tion, I’m going to control the circumstance, and I’m going to make everybody be calm. What I discovered in my own process is that eating alone is the easiest way to be able to accomplish that. The 2, 4, 1 So, let’s move along. We have our 2nd tone. Remember that the 2nd tone is always seeking out something, it’s always open to what others may not be able to grasp, and obviously it can be quite a gift. It is not the investigator that investigates what’s there in order to develop a secure system, as the 1 would lead to the 1. No, here it is an investigation of what nobody else is investi- gating, or at least being open to the fact that there is more somehow. Obviously, taste is a way in which this physi- cal form is going to operate, that this is going to be what is going to give it its cogni- tive advantage. Don’t think of taste as simp- ly a matter of knowing the difference be- tween sweet or sour, or this or that, because I want you to grasp that when you have somebody that has a 2nd color design and they open their mouth and they’re in a room, they taste everyone that’s in there in one way or another. There is an enorm- ous amount of information that moves in the environment around us—the microbes that move, how we catch the common colds, the flu’s, whatever the case may be. Again, we come to the dilemma; we always come to the same dilemma. We come to the dilemma of number one, are they following their Strategy and Authority; number two, are they following the correct determination. Now remember something, and it’s very important for your clients, and it’s very important for you to understand, if you’re following your Strategy and Authority you gain advantage to whatever the po- tential is of your cognitive taste, whatever the potential happens to be. The longer you remain determined, the more you enhance that potential. In other words, the first thing that you do when you’re honoring your Strategy and Authority and you enter into the correct determination is you stabilize the impacts of homogenization and you begin that process of slowly breaking through that. Somebody who simply follows their Strategy and Authority and does not follow their determination, they still gain access to the body’s intelligence. But they gain access to the cognitive potential that is there rooted in whatever they have been up to that point. In other words, it will bring them relief; it will bring them correctness in their lives which will reduce the burdens on their lives. They will certainly be healthier, but it does not mean that the cognitive potential that is there is going to be en- hanced. --- PAGE 13 --- Lecture One Fourth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 5 So if you follow your Strategy and Authority and not your determination, you have a certain level of taste that will be the bedrock of this investigator. If you follow that determination, that capacity, that potential is something that is going to be en- hanced, which ultimately enhances the potential of the investigative brain, which ul- timately enhances the possibility of the personality and its consciousness. The 3, 4, 1 Outer vision: remember it’s about the seeing and how important the seeing is. This is a very, very different kind of cognition, this seeing business. And it is so impor- tant to both the left and the right ultimately that the seeing is correct, like every- thing else. Here, when we’re looking at this outer vision, it is about recognizing something about the impact of homogenization that we do not see what can be seen. It’s one of my favorite stories about some of the people I met in my early years in Ibiza. There was a guy by the name Sam the Hat. He was a delight. He had been all over the East. He had been with some spectacular minds, really spectacular, who’s who of minds. We were having a conversation one day and I said, put that all together for me, never mind the [name?] this and the Osho that, and the blah, blah, blah. He had all of these people that had been in his life. I said, just simplify it for me, what’s it about. He said, seeing, see- ing, seeing. It’s all seeing, it’s all about seeing. This is the agenda of the strategic body, the active body. This is the active body. This is the glory of the species. The glory of the species, the active body tuned to its visual domain creating out of that through the personality a maia. And the maia entirely built on the visual, entirely built on the visual. It’s why it’s all about seeing. It’s all visual. So, when you think about this investigator, this is an investigator who has been giv- en the predisposition to correct outer vision, unique differentiated outer vision; their kind of seeing. We’re all here to see differently, here specifically. And yet, what can be achieved? First there has to be Strategy and Authority and then the correct de- termination because the veils are still on. I mean, their investigator will see what they can see and there will not be any deterioration. But they will not drop that veil unless they enter into the determination. You have to change the physical form. This is the very basis of magic. You have to change the form. We can’t change the form. We can correct damage. And we can’t correct all the damage. But we can correct what has been done to the cognitive, unique cognitive potential, because everything about following your determination is understanding that that’s what’s being propped up and given its rightful place. --- PAGE 14 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 6 The 4, 4, 1 When we move over to the right side obviously we move into the passive body and we move into a unique domain. It is the future. It really represents as clearly as one can possibly see how humanity and the eventual rave share this extraordinary transitionary form, this BodyGraph that we work with. And in this movement from the left side to the right side is this movement away from the active. Because I deal with so many dualities and I have a responsibility to teach them, active/passive, this/that, it goes on and on and on and on and it can be confusing sometimes. But I want you to grasp that what this passive represents is not so much you can understand the passive, is that you can understand it is not active. It is better lan- guage on the personality side because it’s easier to grasp. But it’s something to see about this receptive body, this non-interfering body, this black hole of a body, a black hole of a brain. There is not even a hint of manipulation of it strategically. There isn’t any of that. And it’s not outer vision. It’s inner vision. Outer vision only can see what it can see. It never sees the periphery. Inner vision takes in all the light, all of it—light and darkness, like pix- els. It takes in everything with its eyes open. If you took a retinal photograph, if you photographed the eyeball and you could see what the eyeball could see, you would see that it has this 180-degree peri- phery. It takes it all in. This is a different kind of an investigator if it had a reason. It doesn’t have a reason. It isn’t collecting for a specific purpose. It is just collecting. It is infuriating to the left. What a gift. You take it all in, aren’t you going to do something with it. But what do you do when you take everything in? There’s nothing to do. Oh, the right is very different. The right is here to sacrifice its identity. It is the precursor of the rave. It is here to say: I collect, you select. So here is this extraordinary investigator, if everything else is correct, that has been able to take in all this incredible information and they do nothing with it. There’s nothing to do. They wait, ideally. They wait for the selection. ―Can you tell me about…?‖ ―Yes, I can. It is part of the periphery I saw and I stored.‖ It’s all there. Of course, we’ve moved to the right in terms of the color. So we end up with this internal that is nervous. Some people don’t like it, but what to do. It is about the need for stimulation. It is about the need that this is a digestive system that cannot be stimulated on its own, that needs external frequency to stimulate it; otherwise, it will not function correctly. Activity, conversation, movement, stimulus from the out- side, from all around is essential. These beings cannot digest properly otherwise. And they are also manipulative. They want to stimulate the environment. They need to stimulate the environment. In order for them to be able to function correctly they need to crank others up. --- PAGE 15 --- Lecture One Fourth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 7 Think about that. So, if you’re going to operate out of the right, remember this is a physical being and think about it. This is a physical brain that takes in a tremendous amount of visual information. Now, we don’t know the personality. We don’t know whether the personality is left or right, we don’t know what the motivation of the personality is going to be. But what we do know, the moment we have a capacity like this, is that we understand that this personality has been conditioned all of its life to be strategic. It may, in fact, be a strategic personality trying to take advantage of a specific focus and it can’t. It can become, perhaps, an extraordinary synthesizing agency as a mind. We have to begin to see that we need to have a whole unique set of understanding and service for those that come in and are fixed to the right. By the way, when I say that it’s very important to recognize that having a right-fixed personality is much greater a handicap to a human than having a right-fixed vehicle. And that’s important to see. That is, from the vehicle point of view, you’re simply building a cognitive potential that is there. And the personality will take advantage of that cognitive potential. If the personality isn’t making the decisions in the life, it will actually work quite nicely, though there are all kinds of variations. On the personality side, it’s another story. To have a right-fixed personality literally means that the whole way in which your mental process has operated throughout your life has been deeply, deeply conditioned by the strategic and there is a whole new process that has to replace that in order for the passenger really to be able to transcend. The 5, 4, 1 Here we have moved to the 5 and of course when we move to the 5 and the 6 we’re moving into the Solar Plexus binary, we’re moving into a level of frequency that is only emerging. That the full understanding of what the potential of this is something that really waits time. When we are dealing with this feeling, we are dealing with a very, very powerful capacity. A body that is deeply sensitized deeply sensitized. This deeply sensitized body takes in information as an investigator, takes it in through this feeling system. And remember that when we’re dealing with the 2nd tone and the 5th tone, they are really cores of their different left and right sides. This really is the future; cognitive feeling, this ability to be able to integrate at an en- tirely new frequency level, something that is emerging. Of course, again the condi- tion of the determination for this, because in fact this is deeply, deeply homogenized. Please understand that. Please understand how deeply homogenized it is. Going through these chains can make it seem like these people are out there; they’re not. --- PAGE 16 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 8 We live in a homogenized world; the billions of human beings who have absolutely no access to any of this. And the cognitive potential of this evolving mutative feeling is not something that’s there, that they have access to and they do not follow their determination. Though, I must say if they’re 4th color and they live in the modern world they’ll get enough of that. But they’re not following their Strategy and Author- ity. The 6, 4, 1 And finally we have the 6, 4, 1 investigator, this theme of touch. Feeling, the 5, this is a frequency. It’s a vibration field that you can pick up in the aura, in the environ- ment. It is a sensitivity to pheromones, various chemistries, and magnetic fields. But touch? And when you think about it, this is the most evolved cognitive potential. By the way, when I say most of all, I’m not saying better. Never think better in any of these things because it doesn’t have any- thing to do with that, it’s just evolved. And the fact that it is the latest, the most evolved, at the end of that cycle, and be- cause it has not entered into its time yet— we’re 20 years from 2027—and the fact that most of humanity is deeply, deeply conditioned, the magic that’s there, it hasn’t come to the surface. This is about taking in information through touch at a level that we cannot, well, I guess we can imagine, we can try to imagine, we can try to imagine getting more information from touch than you get from sound, or getting more information from touch than you get from inner vision, or outer vi- sion. It’s an incredible intimate information capacity. Now that touch; think about this investigator. This investigator in the ideal correct- ness of whatever, that they can put their hand on you and oh boy, what they can know. And even more, what they might be able to do. I mean, this is a very special kind of vehicle. And it’s one that’s in, you can’t even call it infancy, it’s prenatal, but it’s there. And there will be a time where there will be those who follow their Strate- gy and Authority, who are born to parents who gave them the correct determination in life, whose gift will emerge. It’s there. It goes back to my earliest days of working in Human Design—I’m an individual—the sadness every once in awhile that would come over me when I would realize what incredible potential was out there. And then you look at the great mass of humanity and you just want to cry. --- PAGE 17 --- Lecture One Fourth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 9 The 2nd Line Hermit Body The hermit body; the thing about the hermit body is that it blocks everything but. It’s a very, very defensive body. And yet, at the same time it always has to have an aspect of itself that’s vulnerable, the Achilles’ heel. I’ve talked about that, and to really grasp that about the hermit. There’s always this place and that place is a ―this or that.‖ That place can let the devil in the door, or that place can be three steps in the godhead, whatever it may be; the call. But you know, to get the call you have to be able to know which call. You have to be open to a call that you don’t even know is coming. You have to be ready for it. Are you ready? It’s the first thing I’d say before I would start any reading. Are you ready? The hermit always has to be ready for the call. And how they receive the call—it doesn’t have to be somebody shouting in their ear. This hermit could smell it; smell precisely that moment, that person, that place, that thing. And for them, it’s always about, and always will be about the aroma. But what if they’re cut off? What if they’re like the billions of others and they’re lost and homo- genized and in transference? They don’t have any access to that. They become the cliché. They’re the shy hermit. They’re withdrawn. They’re the paper tiger. They’re this, they’re that. They never get to live out their determination, their differentia- tion, and their potential. And this is the perfection of their immune system—to know what to turn away. You can smell it. And if they’re cut off, they cannot—wrong call after wrong call after wrong call after wrong call. Sorry, wrong number. The 1, 4, 2 We’re back to the calm. What calm means for this being; what smelling their food will mean for them. How helpful that will be for their digestive system. But the calm of the environment sort of works nicely with a hermit—the withdrawn hermit eating alone calmly—as long as they’re correct. The 2, 4, 2 The 2, 4, 2—this odd false resonance. Taste is something that—I’m a fan of the 2nd tone. As I am of the 5th, I find them fascinating because they’re like looking at a foundation line. You really get to see the basis of something. This is a body that never has enough. There always could be more. It’s a magical body when you think about it. There always could be more. The 1 is very happy to sit back with its, ok, here’s the call, this is it, I have it, I don’t need anything else, boom everything is fine. And the 2 says there’s always some- --- PAGE 18 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 10 thing else. It’s what I love about them. There’s always something else. There’s al- ways something more. There’s always a question, always. This is a body that is al- ways ready for more. And yet, we can see how many things can get in the way, not operating correctly, not following the determination so in fact that taste is enhanced. And if you live this modern life in families, in restaurants, and you’re a 4 and you’re calm, you’re screwed. I know. I cannot eat a proper meal in a restaurant. I cannot. Even if they were all in silence, I don’t think it would work. There’s just too much fre- quency; it’s too much stimulation. You can see how distorted our world is be- cause you can see that human beings don’t eat correctly, don’t live correctly, don’t make decisions correctly. They don’t know what the world could be like. We have no idea what it could be like. We don’t. I love those state dinners, official political dinners where the president of bang, bang meets the prime minister of zoo, zoo and they sit down and they have one of these incredible meals—Jesus; a world full of gas. The 3, 4, 2 Outer vision—the active body that is most identifiably strategic. When you’re looking at the 2nd tone there is this certain stillness in it. Yes, there is more, but the stillness is a way of putting out its tuning forks for more. But the 3 body is a body in action. You can tell the difference. It’s sort of like the 2nd body turns its head to focus on something. But the 3rd body is moving it around a lot. Remember that when we’re dealing with outer vision we’re not dealing with peri- pheral vision. We’re not dealing with the 4; we’re dealing with the 3. We’re dealing only with focus. There is a limit to what one can see. It’s as if we’re all born, those who have the 3, with blinders on that you can only see down a certain line so the head is always turning, it’s always looking. It’s looking here and there. It looks over its shoulder. It looks all over the place. This hermit is looking all over; where is that call, where is it. They can see it when they see it. After all, the hermit is fascinating for one thing and one thing only. It is here to be drawn out. It’s a fascinating function when you think about it. They’re --- PAGE 19 --- Lecture One Fourth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 11 here to be drawn out. Their potential is left bare for the other to see so it can be drawn out. How important the other is to the hermit. How important the seeing of the other. But anyway, here with this outer vision, here is a hermit that is looking all over. It has to, until it finds its focus so it can be pulled out. It never builds a complete barrier around it. When you think about the hermit it al- ways leaves a side door, a trap door, a secret exit. There’s always a way out, be- cause it’s waiting. It is waiting for metamorphosis. It’s waiting for transformation— the drunk that becomes the evangelizing tea drinker; the missionary out there. And of course, this is one that is here to see. And they’re not going to have that seeing, not going to have that capacity unless they follow their Strategy and Authority and they enhance the function. We are all dealing with cognitive distortion. We are dealing with a homogenization of our cognitive potential in the form. And it can be healed, to a degree. The 4, 4, 2 We move over to the right, to the passive body, to the 4, to inner vision. These are eyes that don’t seem to be looking. Haven’t you seen these people? It’s not a fo- cused eye. It’s not. And if you could see them in their correctness, in the way in which they would look at you as simply a component of a 180-degree periphery, you’d get it. Nobody takes you in on the visual plane like a 4th tone. You can never carry your vanity with you. When outer vision looks at someone, they focus on their face, their body, on them. They zoom in, zoom out. They try different angles. Oh, not the 4, not inner vision. It takes you in with the same consideration it takes in the twig that is on the branch of the tree that happens to be somewhere near you. How different that is; how different this kind of visual being is, how differ- ent this hermit. What hard work. You have to be lucky enough in your life to be on the geometry to meet the knowledge. You have to be lucky enough after that, that you actually have the geometry to stay with the fractal. And it just keeps going deeper and deeper because we are being cleansed. We are being refreshed. We are going to the es- sence of our potential. What a journey. And it takes us to a place where the deter- mination, the importance of what circumstance means if you’re an upper color. It’s not an easy thing to change your diet and live it. It isn’t. We have evidence of that in a not-self world. I don’t know if we will see evidence of that in the Human Design world; so far so good. But this is something that will take its time. --- PAGE 20 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 12 When you enter into PHS the immediate impact is clear. But you still have a cellular process to go through, a cellular process that requires the discipline. Well, the help- less good fortune to stay with your determination. At this level of understanding of PHS you can see this is not necessarily ever going to be for everyone. Not now; maybe generations and generations and generations from now. And those genera- tions of human beings that were born and raised this way. We are here to establish the truth of this for the future. It can and will be tested. It will be proved. We can change the way in which the brain functions. We can eliminate homogenization in infants. But you have the discipline and the time that it takes to get to such a place, we all need to respect that. You need to see the privilege yourself that you’re here, that we are in this. The 5, 4, 2 When we come to the Solar Plexus binary we come into this domain of the body that has this sensitivity, this is the most deeply receptive passive body. Passive is a problem simply because it sounds like it can be equated with weakness or lack of whatever. I want you to grasp something about the passive body, that this is simply a receptive force. It is taking in, not trying to put out. That’s all. But that taking in carries with it a dynamism that is extraor- dinary. This feeling body, we don’t know them. It’s time; it’s coming. But this is a different kind of body. It is a body that has sensitiv- ity on the surface to frequencies that we are not familiar with. Do you know what it’s like when somebody steps into the room and you haven’t heard them and their aura touches your aura and suddenly you feel them? This is our crude, primitive, some time capacity. What this feeling is about is that, that aura provides an information pool, not simply the crude bell ringing of a presence, but information, data being taken in. And if that weren’t enough, this is a vehicle that is capable of taking in those fre- quencies, many frequencies that are simply not frequencies that we take data from, we just have crude responses to. And obviously, this is a time we are waiting for its emergence. But it is also clear this is something that can be here now for those that are human, for this particular hermit it feels the call. And it can only feel the call in a way in which it was designed to feel it. And without determination, without correct- ness there is no potential for that. And we have another one of these clichéd be- hind-closed-door hermits, that the only call they get is a solicitation for a new phone service. --- PAGE 21 --- Lecture One Fourth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 13 The 6, 4, 2 And it brings us to the 6, 4, 2, to touch. And again, to an understanding that we’re talking about the potential of a form that simply is not about taking in, but putting out, taking in and putting out, taking in information from touch, putting out informa- tion through touch. Now we have the ru- diments of that. You can tell the difference when somebody puts their hand on you and they love you or they hate you. You know what I mean. We have rudimentary, because it’s all buried underneath the Solar Plexus wave. And we have most of our understanding of the kernel of this through interpretations of emotionality. I want to tell you this is so much deeper, this touch. We’ve mastered all of these things on the left side, the strategic hu- man. We’ve mastered all of that stuff. We got it all down pat. We’ve been at it a very long time, relative to the human track. But it’s so different on the right side. This is all new, new, new. And we’re going to be the ones that are going to nurture either within our own community or in those that learn through the community. We’ll see the first examples of this; they have quite a touch. And as long as they’re operating correctly, as long as they’re operating according to their determination that they’re stimulated at their meals so that they can digest properly, that they have a stimulating environment while they eat. They’re going to enhance this capac- ity. Think about the baby coming into the world. We have a baby come into the world and it’s this little 6, 4, 2, this beautiful little 6, 4, 2, it just comes into the world. This is a child with a magic touch. You give it lots of stimulation. You treat it ac- cording to its nature and you’ll see something really spectacular. We humans are truly spectacular. We have incredible potential. It’s all about refinement. It’s all about getting to the point within the nature of the mechanics that we’re absolutely clear, how each human being can fulfill the possibility of differentiation. There is only one thing that stands in our way. One thing only: birth time. We are totally dependent on it. The deeper you go into the knowledge, the more important the need for accurate time. We are here to teach the coming generations. We’re here to insist that every child is born with the right to know its birth time so that we can do our job. That we can provide that child with the best that it can possibly be. That’s our start. We have a long way to go on our chains yet. Anyway, I’m very pleased to see you all again; glad to be back into our very special, very unique world. Until next week, you take care; bye for now. ~ --- PAGE 22 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 14 --- PAGE 23 --- PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 15 Lecture Two Fourth Color Chains: Lines 3 and 4 We are dealing with our 3rd line phase of our investigation of 4th color chains. Re- member we’re talking about the body. We’re talking about the 3rd line body, so we’re talking about the 1/3 and the 6/3. It’s always good, by the way, as we’re going through these chains in PHS, always keep in mind what you’re looking at in terms of the line configuration because you’re always seeing an aspect obviously of profile. The 3rd Line Martyr Body Again, it opens up an understanding of looking at somebody’s profile that has a de- sign 3 and being able to have some understanding about the nature of their body. We know something about the martyr body. What we know is that it’s tough. And we know that that is absolutely essential because the martyr body is going to take a lot of punishment. That is, it’s a body that is going to be bruised; it’s going to bang into things. In other words, it’s a body that has what we would call resiliency. And yet, it’s something to grasp about that resiliency. After all, this is the martyr. In fact, that resiliency can break down and the martyr is then terminated, so to speak. Of course, all of this is about the fact that if one doesn’t know what to be resilient about one is going to abuse one’s very gift of resiliency. It’s one of the things I joke about in terms of the difference between a 3rd line being entering incorrectly into what is incorrect, or entering correctly into what is incorrect, or entering incorrectly into what goes wrong, or entering correctly into what goes wrong. If you enter cor- rectly into what goes wrong, your resiliency is there. In other words, life smacks you in the face, you’re a good martyr, you learn another lesson, but you don’t fall down and die. You don’t fall down and die because you’ve entered into the right thing that is going to go wrong and you’re going to enter into the right thing that goes wrong only if you’re guided by the cognition that is correct for you. In other words, the moment that you are in transference, what we see in the 3 is the martyr. We don’t see the resilient. If we didn’t have to write a homogenized label for what it is to be a 3— remember that martyr is a homogenized label. You’re seeing the chains; you’re see- ing that there is no such thing as this particular thing. There are many, many nuances to it. And yet those nuances don’t emerge if we’re dealing with transference. In other words, incorrectness, which means that what we get is a homogenized version of the line stripped of its cognitive potential. That ho- --- PAGE 24 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 16 mogenized version is bump into things and become a human being that suffers be- cause you don’t think you’re good enough, that you’re tired of failures, that your life is full of mistakes, that ultimately you’re just a useless piece of dirt and you might as well be dead; that kind of movie. That’s 3rd line martyr. That’s the martyr without cognition. It is the martyr without awareness. It’s not resilient; it’s a damn pincu- shion, and every jab that goes into it hurts and every failure stings. And slowly, but surely that resiliency breaks down this great gift of the 3. Oh, I love it, what a gift; tough, man. But in the right, in the correct, always the same story—this rigid barrier that stands there in the way between what is possible, the uniqueness, the beauty, the determi- nation, the perfection of it and what ends up being some homogenized label. If you’re not correct and you’re 3rd line, what a life; it’s tough enough when you’re cor- rect, because after all you’re here to challenge, you’re here to confront, you’re here to bang into, and you’re here to deal with. And without the cognition to guide you all of this just becomes a terrible burden. Pain; why me? It’s so easy, sort of, to get rid of it. It begins with the obvious; it begins with Strate- gy and Authority. Strategy and Authority for the design side is truly a panacea. It is the ultimate cure-all, be-all, it-all, it is it, it, it, it. You follow your Strategy and Au- thority and your body just hums. And there is no barrier. Oh, it doesn’t mean you’re getting a full potential of the cognition, we know that. There is dirt in the ma- chine. There are layers and layers of conditioning in the brain pan. But at least the cognition is moving through, at least you do not have the frequency disruption be- tween the color and the line in which transference takes place and strips the cogni- tion. You don’t. And then the magic that is possible. That is, the magic that’s possible by following what is the correct determination. That determination that begins to take away the dirt that’s in the machine, the conditioning, the layers of fog, the rust, like these ar- teries that just fill up with fat. The 1, 4, 3 So, let’s begin. We have a 1, 4, 3. And of course, we begin at the very root of cog- nition, the base of cognition, the concern for survival, this deep, deep concentrated ―I must survive‖ as an organism; security above everything else. Here lies the great power of the nose. Think about this martyr, this is a nose martyr. This is a martyr that can smell the right thing to go into. It can smell that right thing that will go wrong, and it will be resilient and it will learn what it needs to learn. It is the experiential line of the Rave I’Ching moving, moving, moving. And it will smell --- PAGE 25 --- Lecture Two Fourth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 17 what it needs to smell in order to be able to protect itself. The cognition is rooted in aroma. But it’s rooted in aroma that is both obvious and sublime. And of course, what we have is a human being that has been conditioned and this is sort of all fog- gy, very limited the level of cognition that moves through at first. It’s dependent on how long they’ve been correct. It’s dependent on how deep the conditioning. But the moment they enter into the correct determination, the calm, this way of ma- nipulating the environment so one can digest one’s food properly; manipulating the environment so that the environment is calm. So often alone is the only way. And yet, this is an upper color. And it is about the evolution of the digestive system rela- tive to the expansion of population and the integration of human beings and more and more complex societies, less and less viable, unless there is control. Early communal eating was always controlled, silence, calmness, security. It’s why they keep them quiet in prison cafeterias. It’s why monks will eat together in silence. The magic of this martyr—because the moment that they’re operating according to the correct determination is the moment that this cognitive potential is being en- hanced in their brain; it’s brain function, after all, that we’re talking about. The ca- pacity of your nose, you who come in like this, the capacity of your nose to take in a spectrum of aroma that you’ve never been conscious of, and the data that is possi- ble, the warnings that can come, the intelligence that is then going to guide what appears to be your surface authority. Because when you act correctly according to your Strategy and Authority what you are getting is the benefit of your body’s intelli- gence, its cognitive source, which means regardless of where your authority is on the surface, the root of the intelligence has been derived from smell. And think about all those poor 3’s who have no connection to this because they do not operate correctly here. And what that means for them to be cut off from this, eating in their stimulating environments, not being able to smell for a moment the difference between a rose and a turd, just suffering, one bond broken after the oth- er. The 2, 4, 3 The 2nd tone, the heart and core of what is the active body; this is a very, very de- manding body in a way. And of course, this is not in any way, would not be in any way your typical martyr, because the way in which it would recognize what to challenge, what to confront, what to face would be rooted in its unique cognitive potential, which is taste, discernment, taste. It’s what it’s all about. Wherever you look at the 2’s, this is the deepest underlying theme of the 2’s—taste. To be able to close off everything but still be open to certain things, but what things? --- PAGE 26 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 18 And not knowing if they’re going to come because they do not exist so how do you know how to be open to it when you have to be closed to so much. It’s the magic of taste, of this cognition. An interesting thing about nose people and mouth people, you get that all the time with breathing. There are so many children, for example, that are always breathing through their mouth instead of breathing through their nose. But think about the 1 and the 2, there’s enormous advantage for the 1st tone that the holistic being breathes through the nose, takes in all the information, goes directly to the olfactory receptivity. But taste? These are mouth people, because when they open their mouth and they breathe in with their mouth wow do they take in a lot of information. Every breath you release, it carries vapors, molecules of water, information, all kinds of things. This tasting is a very, very powerful cognitive tool. And what it’s looking for is some- thing different. This is not a martyr that will go up against the same wall that other martyrs have tried to go up against. They won’t. It’ll have a taste for that possibility that they never expected but they could recognize because the infrastructure was there in their brain to provide their personality, to provide their passenger with keys to make a sensation in the form that creates a recognition, it’s there. This martyr doesn’t have to bang its head up against anything. And yet we also have to see the limita- tion of this. Think about all the breath classes. I don’t know if any of you have ever taken any kind of breath therapy, but breathing through your nose is supposed to be holy, this is the way you’re supposed to do it. You would never teach anybody other than the moments before you’re about to give birth, hyperventilating, open mouth breathing is not something that is considered good. Another homogenized light. It’s important for these 2nd tone design beings to breathe with their mouth. It’s im- portant to take the information in; as a matter of fact, it’s essential. Obviously, if they’re not operating correctly it’s a moot point. But if they are operating correctly they’re never going to gain the full advantage of what this can bring unless they have the correct determination, it’s that simple. This is the key for them. They have a very, very sensitive digestive system to fre- quency that is disturbing; they just do. And this is the only way in which they’re going to be able to refine this capacity, the enhancement, the dormant potential in cognitive structure, an upgrade. The 3, 4, 3 The 3’s and 4’s are always interesting no matter where you look at them and no matter what level you look because they are these shifting points. And of course, the 3 is interesting because it is the deepest expression of human cognitive poten- --- PAGE 27 --- Lecture Two Fourth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 19 tial. It has to do with seeing, outer vision. It has to do with the very nature of the eyes and it has to do with a very specific capacity of the eye that is so different when you go to the 4th tone, the capacity of binary vision to produce a singular sight, what we call focus. Everything about this body, all of its qualities and potentials, all of it is being directed towards the visual cortex and the capacity to be able to focus. It’s sort of like eagle eye, this hawk eye that can just spot something. Oh, is this a different martyr. They’re all different, the thousands and thousands and thousands of variations. Let us at this level forever escape generic ho- mogenized terminology, see these line names for what they are. See humanity as they express them as not-self and under- stand they’re stripped of their cognition. A martyr that’s born as 3, 4, 3, they’re here to see. Everything for them is seeing and their ability to focus, to know what to focus on, to move their attention, to direct their whole physical presence to a focus. Think about what happens to them when that’s stripped away. There is no cogni- tion, there is no focus, there is the roving eye—bonds made and broken. ―I thought I saw it that way and it turned out I didn’t see it at all. I thought I saw my way through, and then it fell on my head.‖ Martyr, martyr, martyr. Every single one of these martyrs through all the variations of all the colors and all the tones, wow; and then the combination with the other side, the personality and all the variations and the colors and all the tones—uniqueness; you are witnesses of the structuring of uniqueness. It’s what we are all here for. And the perfection of that is here, it is how you eat. I like the simpleness. It’s so simple, like the great truth of Human Design, simple truths. Life is based on eating. You can talk about anything, but if you don’t eat there is no life. It’s the bedrock of life; it just is. We’re a bio-form; you have to eat—no food, no life. This is the core. And it is so simple to grasp that if we are all born with a genetic predisposition to differentiate, then we all have a unique dietary regimen. We each have a unique way in which we can digest correctly, a unique way in which we take sustenance into our vehicle that not only looks after us, but promotes our uniqueness, enhances our uniqueness, nourishes our uniqueness. This is the perfec- tion of the program for us, is this ability to finally get to the place where in acting correctly this martyr operates through what is its true cognitive potential, its intelli- gence. --- PAGE 28 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 20 The 4, 4, 3 Over to the right—my discussions about the right—I’m looking forward, by the way, speaking earlier about Ibiza I’m very excited about my experiment in Ibiza where I’m going to do one class with only left-minded people and another class with only right-minded. I have very clear concepts myself about how to approach those two. The right is something that we’ve had very, very little time to come to grips with. It’s part of the 1781 process, it’s part of this interregnum BodyGraph where the po- tential of human and potential of rave both have a possibility to express themselves. And that the right side is inherently oriented towards the future, towards what we are not, and yet, inescapable for us in that we share the infrastructure. Those that are born on the right do not have the benefit of the last 90,000 years of human evolution. They don’t; at best, a couple hundred of years. And certainly not in any sense, to any advantage to the right in these last hundred years since it all began, because the fact is that the strategic left has dominated everything be- cause it’s human. And after all, there is only us here now, so far, humans operating in a strategic world with strategic demands, very different from the right. And the nurturing of the right is something that is a deep responsibility for us who know. And of course, the progression to that to be able to provide that as a service to them, this is quite a journey. We’re dealing with inner vision. We’re still dealing with the body, we’re still dealing with the visual cortex, but we’re not dealing with focusing at all. This is not about a visual cortex that’s interested in being eagle-eyed. It isn’t. It’s peripherally oriented. It wants to take in all the information that is possible through its retinal structure. It is interested in storing all information, not interested in stor- ing only a focus, a focus that is for some kind of strategic value. This is a 3 that in essence does not know what to challenge, does not know what to confront. It knows all the things that can be challenged. It knows all the things that can be confronted. It has to wait for life to initiate it. When you operate according to your Strategy and Authority there is the surrender to what is, and what is when you’re correct it’s always right there in front of you. This is a different kind of seeing. This is a seeing without reason. It is a cornucopia of vision. It is a vast plane of information. But in that there is no reason, there is nothing to do. If you come into this life and you’re right sided, surrender is in you, deeply. It’s not in the left. You have to work hard to get there, very hard. But it’s --- PAGE 29 --- Lecture Two Fourth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 21 natural to the right. This no reason is the root of no ego, is the root of no identity, and is the root of no individuality. This is ―I am‖ without any ―because.‖ The left is ―I am because.‖ And the right is ―I am,‖ because the ―because‖ comes from the outside. ―I need your help,‖ the out- side says. ―For what?‖ ―Well, I have this thing that I can’t figure out.‖ ―Oh, I know what that is,‖ or ―I think can do that,‖ or whatever the case may be. It’s something to understand, everything has to come to the right. Otherwise, it’s useless because the moment that the right is pointed at anything, it’s playing left. What a price that is. The 5, 4, 3 We are in a different determination on the right, the determination of the stimulation that’s necessary while one eats. How important that stimulation is, how deeply con- nected this is to so much of the over populated environments that we’re a part of where it’s practically impossible not to be in a stimulating environment when you eat with others. The restaurant world that has become so natural, everywhere, literally— rich, poor countries, it makes no differ- ence. The clatter and the bang and the hustle and bustle and the sounds; it’s great if you’re a 4 and you’re right-fixed. But let’s talk about the feeling because remember that this is a body that is deep- ly, deeply sensitive to information. The right is a great receptive field; it’s what it’s about. This passive is not to be confused with powerless; it is very powerful. Not in what it does with what it has, but what it does in terms of what it can take in. It has this enormous power to absorb. And of course, when we’re dealing with the 5 we’re dealing with the absorption of the auric field, the chemistry of the auric field, the electromagnetics. And being taken in at a level in which there is cognitive advantage in decision making. Now, again, I can play science fiction and describe this in the rave. Humans are al- ways going to be limited to what that’s going to mean. But again, somebody who is operating correctly according to their determination, and obviously their Strategy and Authority who has the 5th tone, who has this configuration, the fact is that unlike another who might be able to feel the presence of somebody coming into a room be- cause they can feel the aura, here you’re dealing with the potential cognition that can take in information from the aura, not just simply its brute arrival, but detail that becomes the cognitive basis upon which this martyr will operate, when it comes to them according to their feeling. The right martyrs are very different from the left martyrs. The left is very different from the right anything. All those that have been born on the right, and not particu- --- PAGE 30 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 22 larly the design side, by the way, but where it really shows up because the not-self lives in the mind, is that the personality right beings are the ones that have really suffered the most in terms of the conditioning in the way in which their mind works being stripped of what is their strategic focus, being forced, I should say, to have a strategic focus when in fact it has nothing to do with what they are. Or in any way helps to demonstrate the great potential that is there within them. But it has to come. My discussions earlier that nobody has the right to this knowledge until they are in their experiment, they’re really in their experiment. The 6, 4, 3 We have a double touch here; very different in their nature, actually. The touch of the 4th color is very much about manipulation in a sense that it’s about controlling environments, whereas the touch where you see it at the tonal level here this is very much about tactile, the pure tactile sensory capacity. The touch color is more like having that touch with people that you can manipulate them to calm down or to be more excited. It has that kind of connota- tion to it, though, it isn’t devoid of having other elements, but I just want to make clear there are real differences here. Again, we have language limitations in so many things. When we’re looking at touch, the amount of information that’s possible; again, understanding that because the in- formation comes after the contact that the martyr has to wait for the contact to come in order to have the cognition to be able to deal with the contact; all about waiting. And obviously, if the determination is correct the enhancement of the potential in a human to be able to derive much more sensitized and detailed information from their tactile contact with others, and all of that adding to the way in which their intelli- gence is going to emerge through their authority out of their strategy. The 4th Line Opportunist Body We move to the 4 and we move to the 4 body. Here we’re talking about the 1/4’s and the 2/4’s. The moment that we come to the 4 body, we know something about the 4 body. The thing we know about it is that it is a body that is inherently weak. It’s always something to understand about the 4 body. Again, I’m speaking about it as a homogenized term, so let’s just look at it that way. In other words, I’m talking about it without the advantages of cognition. What I mean by weak is that if you look at 4th lines you will see the themes of ex- haustion, burnout, and these kinds of themes are very much a part of the abdica- tion; they’re very much a part of the theme of weakness. In other words, the oppor- tunist has to be so careful. It’s one of my standing things about whenever I talk --- PAGE 31 --- Lecture Two Fourth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 23 about any profile that contains the 4th line, the importance of understanding who to invest your energy in. Everything about the opportunist is that in order for them to remain healthy they need to know who to invest in, in terms of networking. If they do not invest in the right people, they put out more energy than they get back and sooner or later they collapse. And of course, obviously, if they’re not operating correctly according to their true cognition, if they’re not following their Strategy and Authority, if the cognition is not coming through, then of course, they’re going to invest in the wrong possibilities, in the wrong people, which means they’re not going to get the return they need in or- der to maintain their well-being. In other words, their bodies, because we’re really speaking about vehicles, can break down. We know that 4’s are very unstable, whether it is line or color or tone. And particu- larly we know that in color, because the 4th color is the heart and soul of the transfe- rence process. So, we know there is this fundamental instability. Whenever you’re looking at somebody that has a 4th line, particularly in their design by the way be- cause there is an inherent weakness in the body and it’s very easy for their body to be overwhelmed if they’re not correct. The 1, 4, 4 So here we’re dealing with going back to the tonal beginning and we deal with the obvious of the immune system and importance of smell, but really understanding that how important it is for this opportunist to be able to get access to that cognition, it’s absolutely essential. Otherwise, they’re not going to be able to smell a rat, they’re not going to be able to smell an opportunity, they’re not going to have the keys that they need in the way in which they’ll operate through the intelligence of their body, through their Strategy and Authority. They just won’t have it. And exhaustion and burnout and all of those things are possible. The combination of a 4th line profile and you’re a Generator, whoa, because Generators are notorious quitters. Frustration just brings that. So, you’re a Generator and you’re a 4th line design; think. This can be so painful, and it can be painful in terms of the body. Se- rious breakdown in the well-being of the body, this is one of those health warning places. So it’s very important for these beings obviously to simply follow Strategy and Au- thority. That is certainly going to give them the cognitive link that they need to be- gin to get rid of and add on those that are not correct for them and take in those that are correct for them in terms of their investment, the investment of their ener- gy, the investment of their networking. Obviously, if they follow their PHS regimen --- PAGE 32 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 24 then they’re going to be able to have through the correct determination, through the calm, that manipulating of the environment that they’re going to be able to enhance the olfactory potential and thus enhance the cognitive potential of who to invest in. Opportunists who can really smell can smell opportunities that nobody else can smell. These are the people that buy a penny stock and it suddenly is worth $300 apiece, and they end up being a millionaire overnight, because that’s a possibility of any opportunist. They’re operating out of what is a deep cognitive source, when they get it, when they have access to it, when they’ve cleaned it up, when they’ve transformed it. The potential is fantastic. The 2, 4, 4 The 2, the taste, and again important to keep in mind this understanding of the open mouth, how important it is to take in the information on the tongue. And how much information is taken in that way. But it is this taste that provides the discernment. It is this taste that is going to inform this opportunist. We can see again, as we saw with the martyr, as we see with every line, that we move away from the homogenized opportunist that falls apart and we move into all of these nuances that are protected through their cognitive potential, this particular opportunist through its taste. It’s why operating according to Strategy and Authority is an incredible thing. No matter what we can tell people on the surface about how it helps with their not- self, and blah, blah, blah, and removing resistance, what we know is at a deep level it is fantastic what it’s doing, it’s releasing all of this. Even with the limitation of what our cognitive brain system is like after years and years of conditioning and illness and problems and this and that. The fact is that in here lies the opportunity to change them. Now please remember, and keep it in perspective, determination is for babies from the instant they come into the world. It is for babies whose parents have been prepared before they come into the world; this is the path to perfection. We, as adults, in following our determination are never going to be able to gain the neural po- tential of seven years. All we can do is clean up the dormancy, the neural areas that close down at the shutdown when we were three, that reduced as much as 12 to 17% of neural potential. This is just dormant; it’s not dead, it’s not lost. It can be enhanced, it can be revived. And at least there is this additional potential that is there for the cognitive potential of the correct human being. But for babies these are going to be really blessed children. I know one that’s com- ing. That’s very exciting. A baby that I know that is coming that has parents that --- PAGE 33 --- Lecture Two Fourth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 25 are aware, that know this knowledge and this is a child that is going to have seven years of neural expansion. I’m looking forward to watching this child grow up. That’s what this is all about. Yes, for us, there are many advantages. But in no way, please, don’t confuse it with what is really possible, what we were denied out of the ignorance of our time, what my own children when they came into the world-my daughter, as an example, was denied. I had no idea. The 3, 4, 4 Again, we go to the visual cortex and this theme of the active body. In fact, what it is, is the active eye, the active focusing eye, how important this is for humanity; this is really its shining glory in a way. This opportunist is an opportunist that is denied its potential the moment it’s denied the capacity to be able to focus, to be able to see what it needs to see. And if it doesn’t see properly then it’s never going to see who its allies are, it’s never going to see where there is going to be a benefit to its network, it’s never going to see who it can truly influence, it won’t see any of it and will suffer the consequences. And obviously, we’re talking about body consequences here, the endless exhaus- tion, those beings that are always ex- hausted, and the enhancement of that through the determination. But again, to see these different opportun- ists; we’re looking at the opportunist in general, just as a generic. We look at the same thing, don’t leave a lover until you have another lover, and don’t leave another job until you have another job, all the typi- cal opportunist things. But, it’s something to understand that these opportunists are very, very, very specific in where their line of opportunity lies. It’s not generalized. They have a unique opportunistic line. And if they follow that line they get their serendipity. It’s a unique line. You only get to follow that in correctness, you only get to follow that when you have the cognition. Remember, every time you act according to your Strategy and Authority what’s guid- ing that is your body’s intelligence, your cognition which has a theme. It has a fo- cus. If you’re a 3rd tone being and you’re sniffing the air for information you look like an idiot, because you’re not a sniffer. All of these 1st tonal beings and they’re going around looking at things. ―I’ll find it, I’ll see it.‖ Yeah. Homogenization is very cruel. --- PAGE 34 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 26 The 4, 4, 4 Now we come to one of these lovely moments; I do like them; our 4, 4, 4. We have this rolling resonance and we get to see the way in which this all moves. The root of opportunism is here in the sense of understanding what the 4 really represents. It represents taking everything in and no opportunity missed. This is not about focus- ing in on one line, this is always strategic gain. This is about there is no end to opportunities because you take it all in, you take in everything. And there are many opportunities in the field of vision you take in, but they’re relative to different things; oppor- tunities to do, opportunities to not do, op- portunities to be this or that, there’s all kinds of things. They’ve all been seen, but there’s nothing to do because you’re on the right. And this is a passive body; you’re on the right. You’re on the right and you’re here to wait for it to come to you. And when it comes to you, you will recognize it because you’ve taken it all in. You’ll recognize where it fits in. It will be drawn from you like water from a well. I think that there are a lot of problems in 4th line right bodies—early de- terioration of muscle, skin, vision, all kinds of things; the exhaustion mechanism at work. And again, how important the determination is, even more so for the right. Because the moment you can reach somebody at this level and they understand how deeply they have been conditioned, that they recognize that their only potential in life, their only opportunity in life is to allow life to come to them. In that lies an enormous transformation in their physical well-being, and obviously, the enhancement of this potential of the inner vision through the determination. But here is either the perfect opportunist, healthy, influential or the typical opportun- ist, the germ provider, the person who influences you by giving you a homogenized cold. Well, I’d like to do away with those homogenized colds. I don’t get them, but my kids still do. The 5, 4, 4 The depth of feeling, this opportunist with this gift of being able to read the other, and they have a complete collection. They take in all this feeling information, auric information. And it’s not like the mind has to understand that, because the mind doesn’t make the decisions, does it. And the vehicle doesn’t want an interpretation. Why—I don’t ask my Spleen why it goes yes or no, it can’t tell me anyway. We don’t have a way to interface that kind of communication. --- PAGE 35 --- Lecture Two Fourth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 27 This is a depth of information derived from feeling that simply guides the way in which the design consciousness is going to operate. And will allow this opportunist to be able to recognize however cognitively it does that from the personality side, be able to recognize an opportunity. It’s from the feeling. And the more they’re educated and understand how this works, the more they’re going to be able to interpret that feeling at various levels, what it means, what they’re actually getting in that oppor- tunity and where it may go, but most of all, who they’re dealing with. The right body is very special. But it’s also a lonely body, a body waiting for commu- nion, a body that yearns for disconnection into a larger form. A body that already knows it’s a part of a whole and can’t find the whole; it’s so different. The 6, 4, 4 Finally we come to the 6, 4, 4 and we come to this theme of touch. Oh, yes, the op- portunist that has the touch. Such gifts are there in the receptive. We’ve been through this whole process on the other side. That is, the human side, the 1, 2, 3, all these very obvious information things that we’ve learned how to use and make sense out of in order to be able to gain our place on the plane and to be able to survive. We have yet to really come to grips with how much is the potential of a human. It’s the time now for us to be able to support the emergence of the right, the emergence of the passive body, the receptive mind and the great wealth that it has stored that is availa- ble to the other and simply asks, in that sense, to be used in the most beautiful way of that expression. This will bring balance to the human experience, this emergence of the right. Truly, it will bring balance. It brings a consciousness not absorbed with survival and all of the mechanisms that emerge out of survival obsession. It’s a balance that’s coming. And without our help, it won’t emerge. It can’t, other than in its ultimate intended emergence which will be in the rave and different because of what rave is. Human beings, for those that are coming into the world on the right, need support, they need recognition, and they need correct nurturing; but, not because they are victims, but because they are our most important allies for the future. Only when humans can begin to experience right consciousness do we begin to have a way of --- PAGE 36 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 28 understanding what tomorrow brings. And being able to allow ourselves the privi- lege of both right and left surviving together into the future, whatever future is left. Well, that’s our chains for the day. I get carried away sometimes in my own process while I go through these. I am so overwhelmed with being able to see uniqueness. It is awe inspiring this way in which the program has laid out all of those incredible possibilities. They’re all there. And the only thing that separates a human being from the godhead is luck. If you’re on the fractal you’re a lucky being you have to shine. If you stay with it boy are you lucky. It’s nice to know. Anyway, to all of you, wherever you are, you take care; have yourself an entertaining day and even- ing. Until next time, bye for now. ~ --- PAGE 37 --- PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 29 Lecture Three Fourth Color Chains: Lines 5 and 6 Profile Ok, we can start on our journey, lines 5 and 6. I want to make a comment. It’s ac- tually thanks to Eileen Smith. She brought up a very valid point. One in which I wasn’t going to deal with until the following semester, but in fact it may have been misleading for some of you. That is, the peculiarity of the difference between what are the basic profiles and the transitional profiles. A transitional profile—the 1/4, 2/5, 3/6, 4/1, 5/2, 6/3—are a minority. That is, there is about, as an example, sev- en times more 1/3’s than 1/4’s. And there is a peculiarity to those that are transi- tional. That is, if you have a transitional profile then you’re always going to have a 6th color personality and you’re going to have a 1st color design. The studies here in separating design and personality, I very rarely refer to the ac- tual profile itself. I happen to do that the other week, and of course, it’s misleading. There are only certain configurations that operate in very specific ways. So, I don’t want to confuse you with that. But nonetheless, it’s time to go through the chains. We will talk about transitional profiles and why they have the unusual configuration that they do. By the way, there are even more very specific configurations, which I’m sure you’ll enjoy Eileen, which are configurations that are related to combinations of the chain itself. That is, there are certain kinds of combinations. Andrea has a complete map- ping of that. Even on the tonal level exactly. So, we have some fascinating configu- rations to look at specifically. But it’s not my purpose in going through the chains to get sidetracked. So, I want you all to have just the basic chain information and then we can look at the variations. And the variations in themselves are touched with magic. Many of you know Jovian’s programmer, Asi Farran. He’s learned Human Design in a way that is very unusual because he’s learned Human Design through programming it. When he realized that if you’re a transitional profile that you automatically have a 6th color personality and 1st color design, that the calculation in Human Design is no longer probability. He got really overwhelmed with the fact that it’s not just a statistic that there’s this number of Generators or Manifestors, but what we’re actually talking about is that you can only be a certain thing if you’re born at a very certain time, very specific time. It’s one of the most fascinating things to look at when we look at all these --- PAGE 38 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 30 anomalies and then you get to see it in your own design how very, very specific the programming, the imprinting is for a life. The 5th Line Heretic Body Anyway, let’s look at our chains. We have a 5th line body. The 5th line body has a seductive quality to it, it simply does. It is a body that calls attention to itself which often is very, very uncomfortable. Ask any 3/5 about the discomfort of this kind of seductive calling body in which its operating at the unconscious and you don’t know you’re actually calling somebody and suddenly you have somebody in your face who’s very upset and insists that you wanted them there, and they expect you to be this or that in that moment. And of course, in the configuration of a 2/5 or a 3/5 you would have this enormous collapse of reputation in that moment, the pain that’s al- ways suffered by the 5 when it cannot deliver on the projected goods. So, we’re dealing with a different kind of body in this sense. That is, we’re dealing with the real understanding of the term ―transpersonal.‖ It’s an interesting thing about the 5 body. It is the universalizing body. It is the seductive body. But it is also the helpless, transpersonal body, always calling for the fractal connection. My suspicion would be that there is a very powerful monopole influence in the 5 body in the sense of the way in which it dominates a fractal line, because all 5’s do. That’s what they’re there for. They’re there to be the universalizing forces. Of course, here we’re dealing with what is the possibility of this particular body, what is the potential of this universalizing body, what is the potential of this body of at- tracting the attention of those that will exalt its purpose in this life because all 5’s wait for their purpose to be exalted in life by the other. There is no fulfillment of purpose for me as a 5 if I had remained alone with my knowledge. It doesn’t work that way. There was this automatically, suddenly my mind became seductive to oth- ers. I’m a 5 personality, it’s different. But the 5 bodies are mysterious. They’re very powerful. They’re the kinds of bodies that really can get what they want in life. This is one of the advantages that’s there in the 5. There is always this positive projection that comes first, always. And there is always a positive projection on the 5 body, first. A 3/5 walks into the room and the first impression is, gee, they look healthy. And then you sit with them for aw- hile, you sit beside them, and you notice there’s something wrong. But you didn’t get it at first. So, it’s a body that can give away under scrutiny. The 1, 4, 5 So, how does this work? We have 4th color, upper color. Upper colors are all about circumstance. Everything is about circumstance, everything is about the environ- ment. The 4th color is important because the 4th color is the foundation of under- standing. This is the mutation that said, oh, boy, we’re going to have to eat forever with other people around. This was the understanding of population explosion. And that we were going to live in denser and denser and denser populations. And that --- PAGE 39 --- Lecture Three Fourth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 31 meant that the food process, the eating process was going to have to be controlled. The environment controlled for the benefit of the digestive system. Everything about this body is that this body is designed to be so seductive through its touch. This is a deeply seductive body. And of course, it’s essential for the 5 at the unconscious level, it is its vehicle that calls those to it. Fives on the unconscious side are actually more powerful than the personality 5’s, because they have an inno- cence to them that the personality 5 can never have. It’s always looking from behind the blinds, always suspicious, always parano- id, always asking ―What do you want?‖ But the 5 body—it’s whatever turns you on, male or female, in another body, whatever it may be, it’s that quality that pulls you to- wards it and you don’t know why. And of course, you project. It always gives the 5 an advantage. But if you do not know that your body is seductive, if you do not know that you’re pulling consequences to you all the time, particularly if you’re a 3/5, oh do you ever get whacked over and over again. My nickname for the 3/5’s is the runaways. Everything falls apart; they run away, they just do. The other thing is to have a 5 body and to deal with the consequences of being a 5 and having a mother and father, and how the 5 suffers so much from being seen as a diminished possibility. If you have a child that has the 5th line, particularly at the unconscious because they’re unaware of it, you have a child in which you can put, if you’re ignorant, all kinds of expectations on. And the more you pile on those expec- tations, the more likely it is—it’s all not-self—that this child is going to disappoint you. It’s not going to be the smartest baby ever, or the prettiest baby ever, or the quickest, or this or that. It is not going to be what the 5 hangs at the door, this false star that needs to be truly expressed. You have to earn that star. So often 5’s are just punished, heretics, after all, the heretic body. They have a lot of psychological problems. They don’t understand why at first people want them and then they’re rejected. And why they’re rejected so bitterly. Think about this heretic; this great divide of Strategy and Authority, Strategy and Authority, what it means to align this heretic to its cognitive source. What it is to give this heretic through its cognitive source—when you think about the smell and the touch and the body of the heretic, oh how much they know, how perfect they can be in their expression of this chain. But it begins with Strategy and Authority, and then the determination—calm. Control the environment; if you do not control the environment you cannot live out your potential. I know that. And we come to the tone, to the very root and source of what it is to be human, the basic cognition, the foundation of cognition—smell; how important it is for this heret- ic to be able to know which call to deal with, when to accept the call. There’s a time, --- PAGE 40 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 32 there is a circumstance, and there is a situation. Fives are not here to go running around, screaming universalities. They’re here to mind their own business until the call comes. But how is this heretic to discern the value of the call if it does not have access to its cognition, if it cannot smell it, touch it? And the 4 always brings this tactile to the eating, to put the food in your fingers. It’s actually very efficient to simply prepare it yourself so that you have a deep tactile relationship to what you’re going to digest, that you prepare the food in calm, in a calm circumstance. Then you get to fulfill the possibility of what it is to be this he- retic. The 2, 4, 5 The core of the left active body; these are active bodies, after all. Again, I don’t want to confuse this. This is not about talking about exercise; though, obviously there are aspects of that. It’s about talking about the activity of their inner geome- try, if I could put it that way. That is, their neural activity, their lymphatic activity, their glandular activity, you name it. There is a tremendous amount of activity with- in the vehicle itself. It isn’t necessarily expressed on the surface. As a matter of fact, it is concentrated in the brain in terms of where all of that very, very powerful activity is taking place. It’s also obviously a very active Splenic sys- tem. The interesting thing about the Splenic binary is that this is the most active and concentrated process that we have in terms of cognition. It digs in really deep. When we think about the Spleen and how almost momentarily what its presence is, when it tells you something and then it’s gone, this whisper not to be repeated. You think about it at the tonal level how deep and probing and penetrating it is. It’s quite something. Of course, here is this heretic with all of this potential for the benefits of whatever that kind of active brain can bring to it, and of course, the enhancement of the possibil- ities of taste. I talked about this last week and I think it is one of the fundamentals about the difference between the 1st tone and the 2nd tone relative to the body. And where you see the difference on the surface is in the way in which we breathe. That is, the nasal breathing of the 1st tone and the mouth breathing of the 2nd tone. Again, we have so much homogenization out there. We have so many people who are setting generalized rules. There are incredible generalized rules about breathing. There just is. Everybody runs around saying, don’t breathe through your mouth. But if you’re a 2nd tone being, you have a 2nd tone body, breathing through your mouth is very important to you. It’s where you get all your information. The infor- mation that you’re going to need, the information that is going to be able to move --- PAGE 41 --- Lecture Three Fourth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 33 through because you’re calm; you’re in a calm environment, you’re digesting, your determination is correct, that open mouth of yours is taking in a lot of information. When somebody comes up to you and says to you as the heretic that they project on that ―I want you, need you now,‖ that the cognition for whether or not to accept is in the taste of what’s coming out of that person’s mouth when they’re speaking to you and I’m not talking about the words; the chemistry. Nose-breathers and mouth-breathers have different agendas. And remember that when you’re dealing with the 2nd tone because of the way in which it operates, you’re dealing with very, very strict discernment. If you’re not getting enough information, you’re not getting the information you need in order to make the decision. So, this is something that we will have to see in practice, and to be able to see that difference between the 1 and the 2. And I assume that it follows what is the typical binary pattern. Though, this is speculation on my part. But it is part of my under- standing of the way in which the formula is built. I assume that the 3rd is nasal and the 4th is mouth and the 5th is nasal and the 6th is mouth, quite frankly. We’re meant to take in oxygen differently. Now, I’m not suggesting that 2, 4’s and 6’s go around hyperventilating, because that’s not really my point. But it’s also about not conditioning somebody to breathe differently unless you know the way they’re intended to breathe. And I’m not suggesting that they only breathe through their mouth, any more than those who breathe through the nose only breathe through the nose. But how important it is, and I am convinced that if you take an infant and you raise them correctly and they’re a 2nd tone design you will see they are natural mouth-breathers. It’s something for us to pay attention to, and to be able to look at in terms of clients and patients and all of these things as we move to the future. But it seems an ob- vious to me that seems very important, as important as food is going into our sys- tem, one cannot minimize the importance of the oxygen that we breathe in. It’s something to think about. The gas exchange in the body itself, and to understand the way in which we take in the gasses that keep us going is something that’s very important. And I think that like so many things that arise out of Human Design it’s rather revolutionary because the slant is dynamically to the nose. Interestingly enough, because the 1 is the foundation and the 3 is the full expression of the active human body, the true human body, that the majority would be related to nose breathing, so it becomes a dominant part of our strategy, becomes the root of old wives’ tales, and so forth and so on, and begins to become therapies and all the breath things that are out there in the world. Anyway, it is clear to me that there are two kinds of breathers. The 3, 4, 5 When we come to the 3rd tone, again we are coming to the focus on the physical, visual cortex. In other words, the hardware behind the eyes, but the eyes them- selves as well, the physical construct. And how important this visual domain is and --- PAGE 42 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 34 the by-product of visual acuity is for the development of the species. In other words, ultimately it becomes the basis upon which all strategic thought develops. And strategic thought develops because of what happens as a result of the left tone. That is, the left tone is responsible for what we call binocular vision. And it’s so in- credible. Binocular vision—people don’t normally think that way, you don’t think about the mechanic being the source of so much. But it tells you everything about the way in which our brains evolve to work. They evolve not to work as peripheral crea- tures, that is, passive creatures. The pas- sive creature that is just waiting to react to stimulation from anywhere; oh no, this is an active focus really looking at not two things, but vision creates the illusion of singularity. After all, our two eyes actually see different things. If you take retinal photographs of two eyes looking at one thing, you actually see that the two eyes are looking at differ- ent things, but they are organized by the visual cortex into a binocular illusion, that we see one and we focus. It is this focus that is the source of the strategic mind and how important it is. Think about this heretic. This heretic has to be able to see. Whatever their heresy is, it is rooted in vision. They see. But at what level can they see? Can they truly focus on what they need to focus on? They cannot do that unless they’re correct, operating according to Strategy and Au- thority. They cannot enhance the potential of their vision without the correct deter- mination. It is a discipline. When you’re correct for your body that you’re taking in through the digestion what is correct for you, what you’re taking in as a 3rd tonal be- ing is that you’re taking in precisely the nutrition that you need to enhance your out- er vision potential. That’s what it’s for. Our digestive system is here to organize the nutrition we need, not to be burdened and confused and overwhelmed. The 4, 4, 5 Everything changes when we move to the right because in essence we are moving into the potential of the rave body. And we don’t really want to have the rave body as humans because we would consider that to be a severe handicap. It’s a very dif- ferent kind of body. We use the language of passive, but again it can be interpreted passive as all kinds of things—weak, not involved. But that is not the value. Perhaps we could say that the left is surface and the right is depth. There are so many binaries, there are so many ―this and thats‖ it’s endless. I don’t want you to get stuck with active/passive. I want you to see that these are just simply two sides of a process, and that when we come over to the right side we just come into some- thing so different. There is no binocular vision here; there is no focus, because this is about inner vision. As a matter of fact, this being, this right tone being can be --- PAGE 43 --- Lecture Three Fourth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 35 looking and seeing nothing, and yet, everything is recorded, everything is taken in, everything that touches the retina, everything. It all gets taken in. it is never given up or lost, it is never erased, it’s all taken in. It’s even hard in any way to grasp that because it’s a very difficult thing to believe. We don’t have that kind of access, and we’re trained to be strategic. And when your mind is trained to be strategic, because it has a focus, memory is stored relative to your strategy and everything else is lost. You remember what’s necessary to survive. You remember the pain to goad you, the anger to move you; you remember all the things you need to drive you along your strategic line according to your not-self de- cision making. You don’t have access to it all. And wheth- er you’re left or right you’ve been condi- tioned in this life as a human being that this is the way, focus your memory. Train it to remember what you need. Why remem- ber every phone number, when you only need to remember one. That’s the strateg- ic. But this is a different kind of body. It is not focused. It is open and waiting, nothing else. Of course, it’s periodic, as the 3-4 binary is. It’s not always taking in everything. And yet, what it stores is the great untapped resource in humanity to- day and of course you end up with a very different heretic. The 5, 4, 5 We come to the 5 and of course, when we come to the 5 we’re entering into the realm of the Solar Plexus binary and obviously we’re dealing with an entirely different level of information that’s possible in terms of what cognitive potential is actually there for this body. Again, the circumstances of the right sidedness on the design side mean that it is so important for the body to allow life to come to it. And again, it’s one of the things that I men- tioned last week, the whole business of sur- render, how natural it is that surrender is the only ally of those that are on the right. It is the only way, because in fact their cognition is rooted in being receptive, taking things in, and in taking things in, then having the cognitive capacity to be able to orient themselves correctly. So, here we’re dealing with the feeling. Of course, this is a body that is very, very sensitive to chemicals. It’s a body that’s very sensitive to auras, electromagnetic --- PAGE 44 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 36 fields. It’s really something to understand about the 5 body. That is, because its cognitive capacity, deep down below that cognitive capacity of the 5 is ultimately this ability through this body to be able to interpret through its relationship with others, interpret information based on their chemistry, based on their aura, based on their electromagnetic field. It is only logical to recognize that if this body is not correct, then these are areas in which the body can be disturbed, and obviously, particularly in this kind of configuration. The other thing is to imagine the nature of this heretic in operating correctly. Again, one of those false resonances that I’ve talked about that is so interesting that ulti- mately we’re going to look at, this combination. Here’s this beautiful cognitive ca- pacity. But again, we have a shift as we move to the right; here is somebody that needs a great deal of stimulation while they eat. It’s important for them. It is the only way in which they are properly going to be able to digest their food. And yet, in that correctness, if they’re operating according to their Strategy and Au- thority, their capacity to know what to universalize, when to universalize, to whom to universalize, it’s all based on whether they have the cognition or not. You can see why we don’t live in a world of true heretics. They’re rare, because we get the ho- mogenized variety. The homogenized variety is always, always getting in trouble because they don’t know when to do their job. And they are not endowed with the cognitive potential that brings out the practical that will give them the ability to be able to succeed, in being able to satisfy the pro- jection of others and at the same time being able to universalize. There is a stan- dard that the 5 has to deal with that no other line has to deal with. That’s why on one end it is given better advantage because it gets the positive projection, but it is given a much deeper pain and punishment if it fails. And failure for the 5 is not like failure for the 3. The 3 body, as we have seen, is deeply resilient. This is a body that if you knock it down it gets back up. But the whole thing is that knockdown is all in the kind of personal density thing. When you have a transpersonal element, like a 5, and the 5 fails, everybody knows, everybody gets told. The universalization upside down, the universalization of a bad reputation, the un- iversalization of failure, what a price it is to operate without cognition, and we know what happens to them. They stay hidden. The Buddha’s in the caves; they stay hidden. They don’t want to get beaten up. They don’t want to be rejected anymore. They’re tired of people being disappointed in them; that whole movie. The 6, 4, 5 The magic of the 6—touch, how incredible it is, and at the tonal level we’re talking about a sense. We’re not talking about it in the same way in which we’re referring to color. Though, it’s related, as we’ve seen. Obviously, the tactile relationship to food that obviously if you have a 6th tone underneath you’re getting a level of information in contact that is really extraordinary and this is obviously a combination that can --- PAGE 45 --- Lecture Three Fourth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 37 have enormous potential in terms of the information that they can derive through their touch. We also know that within the rave context that this is a two-way street. It’s not just about the information that can be taken in through touch, but it’s the information that can be delivered through touch. You can see the example of this kind of heretic that can lay its hands on someone, what kind of knowledge is there. But everything for the heretic is about simply knowing what, when, and whom, the setting of the stage for the universali- zation. Cyclical is a beautiful way to look at this because actually the cyclical pattern is the most natural for a heretic—practical provisions in revolutionary times; only in times when it’s necessary, only in times when it’s needed, only in times when it’s righteously called, only then. How to dis- cern? And if you’re an unconscious 5 where you have no conscious access to that discernment capacity, what can you trust? You can only trust your Strategy and Au- thority. If you’re operating correctly, the cognition is coming through. It’s not rave cogni- tion. It’s still homogenized in so many ways. That is, homogenized in the sense of its potential has been restricted. But it’s still the cognition getting through. So, the heretic has its advantage, its cognitive advantage of knowing that it’s right, that the time is right. To make a call is a dangerous thing. And if it’s unconscious, you can only trust the intelligence of your body and you only get there through Strategy and Authority. The 6th Line Speaking of 6’s, that’s a nice segue, isn’t it, from the 6th tone to the 6th line? I like segues. Anyway, there is so much one can say about the 6th line. It carries with it all the mutative promise of humanity—the role model, the perfected example, the unique embodiment of spirit and form, all of that as a transpersonal potential, a po- tential to demonstrate the model of behavior for the future. All of that is within the potential of the 6. And in the 6 body we have the deepest transitional mutative program going on in any body. It’s what we call the tripartite process of the 6th line—the Saturn cycle, the roof interregnum, and the post-Kironian flowering. All of that is being brought to us by the 6th line. This is the mutation taking place on the surface in the illusion. However, nonetheless, the way in which that 6th line is going to operate is going to be different dependent on where it is in its life cycle. It’s quite a complex thing. --- PAGE 46 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 38 The 1, 4, 6 When we begin here with the left sidedness, and of course back to the Splenic bi- nary, back to the root, back to concentration, back to smell, back to our discussions of nose-breathers and mouth-breathers. This is a role model that smells its way through the world. When you think about everything that Human Design teaches about why the know- ledge is here and what the future will bring, that is, the change of the cycle that’s coming, the demands that are going to be there on individuals to be able to function according to their own authority because they will not have the support mechanisms that are around them. That we are moving into a 6th line era in which the role model is the new standard, not the tradition we have had, the tradition of being led, the tradition of following, the tradition of grouping to- gether and blindly exploring, it’s all over. Every man, woman, and child for them- selves, this is our future. And of course, our role models are going to be unique expressions of example. And the correctness of the role model, that is, the correctness of its behavior is totally depen- dent on its cognition. If the cognition isn’t there, the role model cannot gain benefit from that cognitive field, what it takes in from the aroma field, the knowledge that it gives it, the information that it derives that when it makes a decision according to its inner authority, that inner authority is rooted in that cognition. Then the vehicle be- gins to act correctly. The tripartite process, how important it is to get to 6th line children, infants really. Obviously, to have the correct cognition and all of that is going to be a matter of mostly determination. In other words, making sure that the infant doesn’t suffer from the deterioration of their neural potential because they’re not properly fed. And what kind of role model will emerge when there is the perfection of its cognition. It will give it this deep power in its own authority that will guide it and protect it. But the 6th line body is deeply vulnerable. It is vulnerable in the first 29 years of the Saturn cycle. It is vulnerable to damage, physical damage. And it does not car- ry the natural 3rd line resiliency, so it can be brittle, things break. The body can be damaged. There is the roof phase. The tendency in the roof phase is to a false still- ness, to protect the body. But if the body is operating correctly according to its cog- nition, when that being gets to their Kiron return and they come off the roof, they will be equipped. --- PAGE 47 --- Lecture Three Fourth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 39 The 6th Line Mutation: The Kangaroo There is no better description than I have been able to come up with in all my years of talking about 6th line mutation than the kangaroo. It starts its life as a kind of tiny little sort of worm-like thing that crawls out of its mother’s womb and very ar- duously and painfully finds its way to its mother’s pouch. That’s the first 29 years. And then it gets into the pouch. It’s very protected and secure. It begins to grow into what is called a joey. That is, a baby kangaroo. That’s the roof stage. And then, finally, it emerges into its own life and leaves the pouch. When I think about a 6th line body I think about a body that is very, very immature in its first 29 years. That is, immature in the sense that—that’s not to say there’s something wrong. That is, that so many processes that are essential to its full de- velopment are processes that take much longer to develop, because if you have a 6th line body you are carrying the new Uranian formula. Take the immune system as an example because we’re here in the 1st tone. If you’re a 6th line being, the development of your immune system is one that is very slow and gradual. It’s not the kind of immune system that we first came into the world with that in the first seven years the immune system had to figure it all out. It takes longer for all of the progressive systems in the vehicle, the maturing systems within the vehicle if you’re a 6th line being. It’s only when you finally get to that pouch that you actually begin to live the 6th line potential itself, the 6th line body; a body that avoids conflict, a body that is not seeking the challenge, a body that gives up its 3-ness, in a sense. We have so many role models that have not emerged and the vast majority of 6th line beings can be understood through the 10th gate, 6th line in detriment. It’s called hypocrisy. It’s not their fault, but they cannot live out their example. They do not have the cogni- tion. So they model themselves after this or that and become homogenized, and they come off the roof and the gods exterminate them. The 6th body is the good that die young, and the ones that die too soon—pre- Saturn, post-Kiron, the great vulnerability of the 6th body. Again, it goes back to the beauty and the truth of our knowledge is that we heal people through mechanics, that if you operate correctly according to your Strategy and Authority you are not going to live a homogenized role model. You begin to function out of what is your legitimate cognition. This is what it’s all about. And obviously, if you can enhance it—after all, this part of the formula is really the infant part. I think you get that. It’s really for the babies. It’s much more difficult for adults. We don’t get the full reward. However, it is so important in helping our bodies align, improving the machine’s potential. And of course, the advantages to getting our specific cognition to the surface so it can guide us, so it becomes the root of our authority. Because every time we are looking here, we are on the design side, we are looking at the cognition that is run- ning the vehicle when the person is operating according to their Strategy and Au- --- PAGE 48 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 40 thority. That’s what is giving them the intelligence to say yes or no to this or that, no matter how it percolates at the surface, this is where it’s coming from. The 2, 4, 6 Here’s our mouth-breather. This is a role model and it is a role model that can live by the perfect example because it has a cognition that guides it to make decisions correctly as itself, based on the depth of information it receives through its cogni- tive system. And it’s not like it’s running around saying, ―Oh, I taste this, I taste that.‖ No, but you can feel that in ex- pressions. This is a being that will say, ―I have a bad taste in my mouth.‖ They don’t really have a bad taste in their mouth, but that’s the way they express that they have picked something up. This is the gift that is here, this is the sense. And of course the determination, we’re dealing with the left side, we’re dealing with calm, we’re dealing with controlling the environment. In most cases calm means being alone. And then we have a role model that can function according to their authority and truly be an example for others. The 3, 4, 6 Outer vision, the visual cortex, the eyes, binary vision, this is the role model that is here to see. This is their trip; they’re here to see, they’re here to focus. We love our role models, the fools on the hill that we go to when we need them to seek their objective wisdom, to watch them and see by their example what it means to be se- cure within oneself on this plane, what correctness really is. This is the end of the story for us, you get to the 6. It is the end of the story. It is the final piece in the puzzle; it’s the last step, the perfection of each being. They are not a role model for others. They are a specific profile designed down to base role model example, unique, absolutely unique. --- PAGE 49 --- Lecture Three Fourth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 41 The 4, 4, 6 I like the promise of the right. It’s interesting to think about somebody with a right body and a left personality that they are unlikely to know how to take advantage of their depth. And how interesting the combination of the right personality with the right body, which of course is a rave format. How deeply dependent these beings will be on the recognition and support of others to survive, to flourish. It is going to be the most interesting part of our work in humanity over the next mil- lennium, this work of integrating human right sided beings. Being able to integrate them in which the relationship between left and right becomes a holistic process of survival for each and benefit for each. The right takes in so much. Here in the right we see, for example, in the upper color we have the nervousness. This is a being that is going to take in all kinds of stimulation, enormous amounts of stimulation, it needs the stimulation. It’s what’s healthy for it. And it takes it all in. And without that stimulation it does not feed its inner vision. It does not expand the potential of that inner vision. This is truly all rights who are 6’s who are archetypes of the fool on the hill. This is that great wonder of the 6 that they have been watching, that they have taken it all in, that they can be there for you and you can approach them. They are the ones you can approach. And they will give you what you need, if they’re correct. And of course, good thing to leave them something as a gift afterwards, so they, too, can survive. The right is so different. I have this wonderful experiment I’m going to be doing in Ibiza this year. I’m going to have a roomful of lefts one day and a roomful of rights the next day, personality wise. I’ll eventually get to other variations. It’s a very exciting thing that sits there; I’m fascinated by what the frequency difference will be like, because I’ve met all kinds of variations now, a room full of Generators, a room full of Manifestors and all these different type variations. I’ve been in environments with left and right angles. But this, because I teach strategically—I’m left myself, after all, I’m a pure left, I’m a pure strategic being. It is in that pure strategic that I see the promise of the right. Wow, I see it; the in- credible resource that is there. And yet, these beings have never been raised in a way in which the value of their very cognitive system is either recognized or re- warded, because they’re conditioned constantly to be strategic. The right role mod- els are intended to be very different from the left. And in the not-self the right role models look more left than the left because of the conditioning, and more confused for all of that and suffer more in their bodies in the up and down, the roller coaster of what it is to be a 6. --- PAGE 50 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 42 The 5, 4, 6 The Solar Plexus binary is something that day by day by day now it is unfolding. Do you feel Neptune in the 49? There’s something really funny going on in the 49. I have an open emotional system; I only have one gate, the 49th gate unconscious. I’ve been watching it for 20 years. I’ve never felt anything like what I feel now, be- cause what I feel now isn’t like anything I felt before. It’s hard to describe all that. It’s something odd. There are all these gearings and chang- ings that are taking place in the program. On the 8th of February Pluto is going to enter the 10th gate. Oh, la, la, I tell you, that’s really something. That’s big time; the mechanism of this changing move- ment to the explosion of Solar Plexus po- tential on this planet. So, yes we have these keys, these words like feeling, but I’m not really good at translating to you what the potential of that is. In fact, I can only theorize what it means to take the level of information from the aura and the chemistry in the envi- ronment, the magnetic field of the other, what it means to take in that information and to be able to use it productively. That is, it is available to be used productively. And it carries depth. In the end on the personality side the expression is judgment. This is probably as clear a sensory input as exists over anything else. And of course, it has not yet emerged in the world. It’s at a deeply, deeply primitive level in humanity. Not be- cause it’s not there, it’s been there since 1781. It’s not there because it doesn’t get through. It doesn’t get through, you have the not-self, you have transference, and it doesn’t get through. You have the conditioning to be left sided, it doesn’t get through. The 6, 4, 6 Of course, the 6, another one of these interesting sort of resonances; again, the lev- el upon which we can grasp what this touch will be. When I was doing the Rave Cosmology IV on the coming of the rave, this is one of the areas that is most dis- turbing about the potential of the rave penta, is its ability to tap into anything through touch, to touch a computer and take in all of its information, to touch a be- ing. And at the same time, because the Solar Plexus is not just about ins, it’s about outs; we know that from the emotional wave. That what this touch can do to the other, not just what it takes in, but what it can deliver. --- PAGE 51 --- Lecture Three Fourth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 43 We have examples, historically, of beings over the last 300 years who seem to have been documented to have unusual capacity in terms of the tactile and the effect of it, or the information they can take in through touch. But these are like 3 or 4 cases out of 12 or 14 billion people. We’re not talking about 1/6th of all the bodies. This is 1/6th of the bodies, or 1/6th of the cognitives. There is this incredible capacity there. It needs to be nurtured. I think for the right, determination is an absolute necessity, quite frankly. I think without it it’s going to be very difficult to strip away the stra- tegic layers of conditioning. And it’s not like the determination isn’t important at any level for anyone who is ready for it. But for the right, therapeutically, I don’t think we can ever truly work with them until they go through that process. But we’ll see. Anyway, I’ve held you all over time. I’m sorry about that breakdown, but every once in a while these things happen. Thank you for being here; always a pleasure to go through the chains. Until next time, bye for now. ~ --- PAGE 52 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 44 --- PAGE 53 --- PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 45 Lecture Four Fifth Color Chains: Lines 1 and 2 The 5th Color: Sound We have entered into the domain of sound. One of the most interesting things about the nature of tone and when we look at tone we’re always looking at the basic six sensory forces. But the seventh one I don’t pay any attention to right now. It is something that has to come later. It is sound. It is the acoustic. Sound is almost— it is really the acoustic domain. The moment that we enter into the 5th color we enter into a very, very deep sensitiv- ity to the environment, what we call circumstance in terms of the determination. That is, a circumstance in which the environment has to be correct in terms of its acoustics. And we’re dealing with digestive systems that are deeply, deeply sensitive to the acoustic environment. I often think about the baby in the womb, the 5th color baby in the womb and how uncomfortable it could be made to feel according to the sound frequency that is around it, even before it’s born. This is a frequency that goes in very, very deeply. Of course again, we end up with the dilemma of how difficult it is for upper colors to be able to exercise their correctness without dealing with the social consequences of that and particularly a transformation in the way in which they eat in terms of upper colors having to deal with the environment. Now, one of the interesting things about the 5th color, we’re dealing with an evolutio- nary process, after all, we’re dealing with this movement from the 1st color cave- man/cavewoman moving ourselves all the way through in this evolutionary process of the digestive system. What is interesting about the 5th color is that people who carry the 5th color can benefit from the advantages of modern technology. And it’s also a by-product of the impact of modern technology, or at least the modern world, or the growth of the modern world since the beginning of the Uranian age in 1781. If you lived in a city in 1781 you would realize that they were, if not noisier, just as noisy as cities of today. In other words, the industrial age, the crowding together of human beings, the sounds of the movement of all these human beings, you end up with a whole new sound level. And of course, an increased sound level when you think about the early hunter/gatherer who sat in nature—yes, there are sounds in nature, but it’s not like you’re sitting in a bar on a crowded street and the door is open and the cars are going by and the radio is on. I lived in Spain; there is a level of sound that permeates as a frequency all around people while they are eating. And if you’re somebody that has the 5th color, this can be a real dilemma for you. --- PAGE 54 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 46 Now, as I said, technology can be helpful. For example, I have recommended over and over again to those who have the high, I recommend that they eat with head- phones on, that they listen to their favorite music, that they turn on their iPod and away they go. They can control the frequency in that way, it can be something that is highly pleasurable for them. It can also tune out sounds that they do not like at the same time. Again, it’s the advantage of the technology. On the other side, the narrow, it’s very difficult in the modern world. It’s very hard in the modern world to find a place where you won’t hear all those sounds. Again, interesting about the 5 is that it brings technological innovation. It brings tools that you can use. They have these incredible headphones now that were designed for people flying on airplanes. Basically, the headphones have little chips in them, very clever little things, and what they do is take in the sound around them and they ne- gate it with exactly the opposite sound and what you hear is nothing. So, you can put those headphones on in the middle of absolute cacophony and you’ll hear absolutely nothing. Their price point is still reasonably expensive, I guess. It’s all relative, these things. But nonetheless, it’s just one of those interesting things about the evolutionary relationships of the upper colors with the Uranian age, be- cause all the upper colors are deeply related to this age. The 6, as a matter of fact, is literally related to an age to come. That is, the post 2027 environment. The 1, 5, 1 So, let’s get into our story. Of course, we begin with the left. We are dealing with an active body. Remember, this is not about or to be confused with external activi- ty. This is about internal activity, internal stimulation, particularly brain activity, neural activity. In other words, there is a lot of stuff going on here. Most of it is oriented towards the olfactory system, oriented towards smell. This is the by- product of the concentrated Splenic impera- tive; in other words, to be aware strategical- ly, to be aware of threats and to be able to deal with those threats. And obviously, for this body, the olfactory capacity is something that is going to be very important. If we look at this being ho- listically on the surface and they have prob- lems with their nose or their sense of smell, you can tell how far and how long they’ve been conditioned away from their true na- ture; because of course, here is the bedrock of their cognitive potential, their cogni- tive potential in terms of what their hardware establishes. --- PAGE 55 --- Lecture Four Fifth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 47 In order for this frequency to move correctly, that is, in order for it to be able to permeate to the surface, then obviously it has to go through the correct determina- tion. And again, that determination is about establishing the quality of the environ- ment. Here we have the left fixing and in having the left fixing we have the high. So what we need is a volume of sound. Think about it. It’s really about volume in the sense of how much sound there is. The density of the sound, that is, it’s not so much that it has to be loud. I don’t want this to be distorted, in a sense. It’s not about loud. It’s that the volume has to be there. There needs to be enough of it. There needs to be sound all around. There needs to be background sound. And it needs to be strong. In other words, the classic example of this would be, as I mentioned I was joking about the Ibiza event and my PHS dinner. This is perfect. You have a tonal 1 and an upper color 5, you can come and have a really good time, because there is going to be a lot of noise, people talking and the sounds of dishes and chairs moving and this and that and all those other things. This is the kind of thing that is so healthy for this 1-5 combination. Obviously, restaurants, these kinds of environments are going to be very valuable, useful environments for those in terms of this need for this sound level. Of course, obviously, all of this is intended to go to the surface that is to be taken in by the monopole to the line frequency and we have the investigator, we have the 1st line theme. Obviously, when you’re dealing with a 1st line body, one of the things about a 1st line body is that it’s not uncomfortable being alone. I’m not talking about personalities—personalities can be all kinds of things. But as a body, a 1st line body is not looking for another body. As a matter of fact, the classic 1st line baby is star- ing at its toes and manipulating them with its fingers, if you know what I mean. It’s not looking for somebody else; not looking for mama, as an example. It’s investi- gating. It’s looking into things. This is very introspective. It is the most introspec- tive body. So, in that sense it is a body that is not prepared for the other. So here is a classic example of an investigator who really can be protected if they’re operating out of the correct cognition because even while they’re playing with their toes they can smell something coming. And it’s very important for them. That is, there is a fundamental insecurity that lies in all 1st lines. This is a body that is going to be insecure at first. It may be insecure in the way it walks; it may take it a little longer to learn how to ride a bicycle. It may be insecure about losing its balance. It can be insecure in its first meetings with the opposite flesh, if you know what I mean. In other words, this is a body that’s not well pre- pared for other bodies. So when you’re dealing with the 1st tone you’re dealing with the capacity of this investigator to be able to smell things out, and that smelling things out is going to protect them while they are introspective and withdrawn in that body. --- PAGE 56 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 48 And of course, none of this is going to take place unless we have the proper deter- mination. Otherwise, we simply get the homogenized 1 body. And that homoge- nized 1 body is a body that never has what it needs. It never gets its foundation. It doesn’t. And when you meet the not-self 1st line body, what you’re meeting is an awful lot of people looking for information. If you could check the web for those people trying to figure out what weird disease they may have, here they are, these homogenized investigators. The 2, 5, 1 Taste—I want to remind you about my comments about 1st and 2nd tone in the rela- tionship to the nose and the mouth. I think it’s very important, this difference be- tween those that need to be mostly nasal breathers and those that need to be most- ly mouth-breathers. And in and of itself that is—I’m a heretic so I can get away with heretical comments. But it is heretical. And yet, at the same time it is so obvious about the nature of the 2nd tone, the 2nd color, to really understand them is to understand this incredible capacity to be able to take in in- formation, and to be able to take in informa- tion on the tongue, to be able to take in the chemistry, to be able to breathe it in with the open mouth and get a lot of information, what we call, in this sense, taste. Remember that this is an unusual capacity. I live in part of the world where we have li- zards. It is so interesting the way a lizard checks its environment, it flashes out its tongue. And the tongue sort of does a dance in the environment and catches the chemistry of the environment that’s being blown on the breeze and takes in informa- tion about its security within that environment. It’s something to grasp about us. Not only that, when you’re dealing with the 2nd tone beings, not only do they have this potential to take in this information, it’s why I had a question in the first year class today about open and closed in the 2nd color and I was talking about how the closed babies, simply by having their mouth open, before the spoon gets to the mouth, they already know when the mouth closes, be- cause they’re taking in the information. This is part of the capacity. That’s what’s there. This is the depth and beauty of the potential of human discernment at one of the most profound levels, for what it is to be human. In many ways, the 5 on the other side, the 5th tone, is spectacular but it belongs to another species, unfortunately. For us, this is the ability to be able to recognize something that nobody else recognizes. And when I say that I’m not talking about a personality trait, but I’m talking about a natural biological gift. In other words, the infrastructure information that’s there --- PAGE 57 --- Lecture Four Fifth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 49 that opens up the possibility for the personality of this investigator to grasp some- thing. I’m a 5.1, so the very nature of my investigation is rooted in my cognition. It’s just rooted in it. And the very demands of what kind of investigator, what kind of heretic I’m going to be is dependent on the quality of my hardware investigation system. If I have a good investigating brain that strategically knows how to orient and how to organize this and that and make it all available for my focus, my personality can take advantage of it. This is information. It’s the database. This is the CIA. That’s what tone is. Tone is our intelligence agency, we need our intelligence. And when we’re looking at it from the PHS point of view, what we’re looking at is be- ing equipped properly so that our personalities have a chance to take advantage of our inherent cognition. It’s not like the mind, the personality attached to this 1st line body has to always be thinking, ―Aha, I tasted it,‖ whatever the clichés might be about all of that. As a matter of fact, they will not necessarily know where the inspiration came from, because it doesn’t have to work that way. This is simply built into the way in which the brain system is going to operate and provide possibilities to the personality. Per- sonality will just latch into it and say, ―I don’t like that,‖ and if you ask them truly why they said that, despite their certainty, they don’t really know. It’s coming from this deep inner cognitive potential that’s in the vehicle itself, to recognize it. They have a vehicle that can recognize things, if they allow it. If they have proper determination, for most adults—it’s one thing to have a PHS ba- by, it’s another thing to be an adult—the cleanup job that’s necessary, the cellular renewal that’s necessary, the process that’s involved to get to that place. And yet the deep, deep advantages that are there. The 3, 5, 1 One of these years down the road when I do further studies in all of this, I’m certain- ly going to have a time in which I’ll just look at the 3-4, because it tells the whole story of the transformation of left to right. It carries all the mysteries in it. It also gives a very deep indication of how the sensory system and how the visual domin- ance of the human species is something that is going to pass away as a dominant until, of course, to be replaced by the Solar Plexus, to be replaced by the 6, to be re- placed as a totally different neural focus, infrastructure focus. Basically what we’re looking at are high- level data collection and not high-level data collection in the sense of anything other than a mechanism for taking in a specific --- PAGE 58 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 50 frequency, what we call the eyes. And of course, the eyes are not enough in this story because we’re talking about the way in which the eyes themselves translate the relationship between darkness and light, and translate that relationship of the eyes into the visual cortex, and the way all of that becomes data or information that ultimately our personality can take advantage of. It is a key to everything that I am teaching about the potential of awakeness, the key is understanding that it is in vision, that is, it is rooted in seeing, seeing from a level of depth in terms of the nature of the passenger. And everything about the peak of what it is to be human is expressed here, in terms of the body, is expressed here in the 3, in this left tone. That is, it’s nice that everything that we can look at the left is rooted in the security of the Splenic system and its fundamental and trustworthy and ancient awareness potential. But in fact, that is something that we share with other forms of life. It is here that you see the emergence of the true human. That is, the true focus of the human vehicle. The true focus of the human vehicle is this movement away from the nose to the eyes. Now, the visual world, what becomes the maia, is in fact a great distorter of the power of the Spleen. We know that in a world that is so vis- ual we have lost our nasal capacities, we have lost the potential that is there in our olfactory system to be able to take in broad spectrums of information and recognize them. Over the last 100 years they have done tests on the range of human ability to smell. If you live in one of these major cities on the planet with the level of pollution that they have, the vast majority of humans have diminished capacities to be able to smell. And yet we know that one out of three bodies is Splenic, and that one out of every six bodies is dependent on their olfactory system to give them the necessary cogni- tion to operate correctly in life. And yet, we have this incredible diminished capacity of this and the brunt of that diminishment is rooted in the emergence of the power of the visual cortex. So it is this visual cortex and the eyes, and again, the thing to recognize about this that is so extraordinary is that here we have the root of what is bifocal vision that is the root of being able to focus our separate eyes on the same thing and create a 3-D or three-dimensional maia. And oh, how nice for us that we didn’t get a two- dimensional maia, if you know what I mean. We’d all be as flat as boards or some- thing like that. We get our three-dimensional maia; we get depth in all of that. We get our 3-D world and all of that is a by-product of this left tone. So, we are dealing with an investigator and an investigator that is going to be gifted in terms of their potential to focus. But will they focus? Will they take advantage of, the personality, ultimately, take advantage of the potential of this visual cortex. It’s going to be dependent on Strategy and Authority, it’s going to be dependent on it in terms of perfecting it, in terms of enhancing it, it’s going to depend on the correct determination. But it is the potential gift of this investigator to have an unusual ca- pacity to see. And as a being that is designed to be introspective, designed to study and investigate, such visual acuity can be an enormous advantage for their personal- ity. --- PAGE 59 --- Lecture Four Fifth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 51 But whether the passenger will see what the eyes can show it, now, that’s something else entirely. You can operate correctly according to your Strategy and Authority, be left tone 3, and your eyes are focused on exactly what they should be focused on and you do not see it. You just don’t see it. And it’s not because you’re blind. It’s because your mind, just mind; the mind gets in the way. The mind distorts. And when you’re in transference in terms of the personality the whole vision gets dis- torted. The 4, 5, 1 We move over to the right and any movement over to the right, obviously we’re stepping into a different domain, and as I said I would love to just deal with the 3 and the 4, because when you’re dealing with the 4 you’re still dealing with the visual cortex. This is the union of the 3 and 4. They are both about the eyes. But the 4 is not about the tendency to focus. It isn’t. It’s a very different kind of visual cortex. It is interested in potential capacity; it’s interested in taking in the broadest spec- trum of visual information, the broadest spectrum. It means the eyes look out in a different way. They see differently, me- chanically. And obviously, if you have a visual system that doesn’t naturally focus, it means that the personality that eventually must live with this system has no natural focusing ability. This is not built in. It isn’t. Oh, 4’s are very different. The right side is so different from the left. And we have these beings coming into the world and it is less dramatic on the physical side here in the body than it is in the personality, but it’s still quite a dilemma. This is the capacity for these eyes just to take in. And guess what happens? These beings, because they are conditioned to be left, they’re all conditioned to be left, that their eyes are being trained to focus, that these may be children that will have eye focusing problems. They may be people who have a tendency very early in life to need glasses in order to bring focus to the way in which they look at the world and diminish what is in fact their gift, being given the homogenized vision of a strategic focus that doesn’t belong to them. And again, so much of this has to do with the nature of the environment and those that populate the environment. After all, again I reiterate this over and over again; this knowledge is for the future, it’s not just for now, it’s for children, it’s for babies, it’s for their parents. It’s to understand the basic tools that are necessary in order to be able to give a life a real chance to fulfill itself. And to begin to understand what it is to deal with the right. --- PAGE 60 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 52 Here’s this investigator, but this is not an investigator that initiates investigation. This is ultimately an investigator that needs to respond, react, whatever the word may be, to investigation. It’s so different. And in its homogenized quality it’s going to be very insecure because it doesn’t see like everybody else. ―Did you see that?‖ ―No, I wasn’t looking for that.‖ They have a totally different way of seeing. And yet, there is so much information that is there. Ultimately, this is an investigator that is being designed to be a receptive resource. This is a receptive vehicle taking it all in. The 5, 5, 1 This is a body that is deeply, deeply sensitive to the environment, deeply sensitive to the electromagnetic field, deeply sensitive to auras. This is a 1st line investigator that can be very, very, very insecure; I mean, very insecure, because they are so sensitive to the frequency around them. And yet, at the same time that very frequency that very sense capacity is something that so deeply can enrich what they are as an inves- tigator, what they can learn from what they feel. But this is not the way the homogenized in- vestigator is raised. It’s not the way the ho- mogenized investigator acts. It isn’t. The vast majority of humanity—never forget that, billions of them, billions of them, billions of them—are cut off from what is correct. They’re not in touch with this deep mutative transformation that’s taking place un- derneath; that’s our work. To begin to learn how to care for the right; and remem- ber that this right body may have a left personality. There are all kinds of configura- tions that holistically we will need to analyze. And yet, to appreciate the gift that is there, how deeply sensitive this body is, how deeply aware it can be through its sen- sitivity. Yet, of course, all of that is going to be dependent on correctness. The 6, 5, 1 Week-by-week as I go through this process I go deeper and deeper into my inner process of coming to grips with the theme of the 6th tone. I’m beginning to get a sense of it at the personality level. I think there is easier access to in a way, be- cause I think at the physical level that there is a transformation that will take place in the body that’s hard to grasp from this perspective now. When I look at a 6th body, because it’s an evolutionary body, the tripartite 6th life, and we are looking at profile after all, it is obvious to me that the 6th body has phas- es of resiliency and phases of weakness. It’s why one of the most important themes of the 6th body is aloofness, to know how to keep the body away from contact. Con- tact can be devastating for the 6th body. I keep using the word sensitive and I don’t --- PAGE 61 --- Lecture Four Fifth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 53 even think, truly, that is the right word because we need a word that is even more sensitive than sensitive, if I can express it that way. These are bodies that are deep- ly impacted by connection with the other, by touch with the other. Again, I think that this is bringing a transformation that we will not see until we see the rave, until we see the beginnings of the way in which the neural activity of a So- lar Plexus system freed of the emotional wave, what kind of transformation that’s going to have in the body itself. It seems to me that this touch is about touching and not being touched. And I think that’s very clear, for me, anyway, what this is all about. I do not think this is about a recep- tivity, or a natural receptivity to being touched. As a matter of fact, I think that if you come into the world with this tone physically on the PHS side, that the chances are that touch is something that is often an uncomfortable thing. Now, you don’t get it all the time because most people aren’t correct. But anyone who has this who has entered into their ex- periment, who has really in their process who will enter into their PHS determination, I think that they will find touch shocking. I see this as an investigator that will in- vestigate through touch, but not by being touched. I mean, it will investigate through the tactile. It will not be receptive to anything else. So, it’s very hard to read that for what it is in a human configuration now without this being fully realized. And yet, again, to understand that despite the fact that it’s human and not rave, there are still going to be these potentials that are there in terms of both the concern about touch and the information that can be garnered through touch. We won’t know until we have PHS 6th tone babies, we won’t know until we have seen adults going through a long enough process where they can begin to express what is actually going on and what it actually feels like. I said it earlier today, as far as I can tell, PHS is an enormous boon for humanity and I want to treat it with the utmost respect as we go through this process. It is re- markable, for me, day by day, what I read, what I see in terms of my work how deep this goes and how the general results of people out there and what is going on, the impact of this. We’re only dealing with the surface now. We’re babies here in this process. This world of the right tone and what we need to grasp in order to protect our own that are right-fixed, we have ways to go in finding out what this is really all about, be- cause it is in mutation, and every day we are closer to the mutation. I mean, I keep mentioning it, but I want everyone who’s ever had contact from me to hear it from me. Tomorrow’s transit of Pluto into the 10th gate is the beginning of the end of hu- manity. It is the beginning of the end of humanity. It is an incredible marker. --- PAGE 62 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 54 For us to see that the form of life and the form of survival, the impact of Pluto in the 10 and its relationship to the 57 that there is one form that is going out, there is another form that is coming in. We are caught in this time of transition given both great gifts and great challenges. We’re given the gift of the knowledge so that we can penetrate and we can get to the essence, that is, how to live out our process correctly despite the winds of change that are blowing through our chemistry. And at the same time, to see that we have for hundreds of years neglected and condi- tioned our children born on the right, not knowing so—no blame/no fault. Yet, at the same time to see that now is the time to change that. We’re going to need them. I tell you this. To go through the next cycle, the next 400 years or so, we are going to need our human resources. They’re on the right. The 2nd Line Hermit Body The 1, 5, 2 We move to the hermit body. Remember something about the hermit body, the hermit body builds tremendous armor, but has an Achilles’ heel. The Achilles’ heel is a natural part of its programming because it needs to have some openness; other- wise, it can never be called. And it’s only through being called that it is being fulfilled. And yet, it has a very rigid barrier around it, but it is weakness. So, it’s something for us to understand from our patients, our clients, however we want to describe them, that when you’re looking at somebody that has a hermit body you have to see that there is an Achilles’ tendon, there is this place where they can be devas- tated. There is a true weakness that’s there. It’s a weakness in their barrier; it is a place of vulnerability. And like everything in a binary system, the place of vulnerability, like your open center for conditioning, becomes the place of opportunity and possibil- ity or the place of wisdom, in terms of the center. In other words, it’s all a matter of how one is prepared for it. In order to be a correct hermit in terms of the hermit body you have to have the cognition to protect your weakness. Most hermit bodies suffer devastating damage because they are called by the wrong things, because they do not know what to an- swer to, they do not. As a matter of fact, hermit bodies will even break down some of their barrier because they don’t feel like they’re getting the call. These are people that when they are incorrect they actually damage their own bodies through the wrong kinds of exercise, diet, all kinds of things. So, there is a weak- ness. And of course, one of the themes for protecting the hermit body is obviously to have the cognition that is going to work in association with Strategy and Authority to align this body to the least possible resistance and the best possible nutrition. --- PAGE 63 --- Lecture Four Fifth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 55 And you know we have a basic determination. Again, what this means for the her- mit, by the way, to be isolated while they eat is not an issue. It could be something that is very natural for them, and something that will deeply benefit them and they will enjoy fully, so that they can have, whatever their condition happens to be, in this case we just happen to be looking at the 5th color variation. The 2, 5, 2 Again, this is a very, very interesting movement, this 2, 5, 2, one of the things that we’ll be looking at when we look at combination structures and different alignments of very special relationships in the chains themselves. But here, again, one of those things to see about the hermit and its openness with this little barrier where there is a secret doorway. You know, where you can get in that secret doorway. And the protection here, you can see the classic example because we have this deep reson- ance—actually a resonance, harmony resonance running through—and we under- stand the nature of this vehicle. That is, its capacity to be alert, to be concentrated in its alertness, but to be alert for something that isn’t necessarily what everybody else is alert to. It’s the magic. It’s the difference between the 1 and the 2. It really is. And of course, the whole thing about this taste that is here is that it provides, if this hermit is correct, this hermit with exactly the cognition it needs in terms of its body’s capacity, its body’s intelligence which will live out through its Strategy and Authority to make a decision to accept the right call, because it can taste it. And it’s not like that personality has to know it is tasting it, if you know what I mean, because the perso- nality isn’t making the decision, the vehicle is, Strategy and Authority. Every time you think Strategy and Authority, think tone. Strategy and Authority automatically means that the body’s cognitive intelligence is what is directing the decision making. That’s why we need to get through to the sur- face. It’s why we cannot afford to be in transference. And the easiest transference to eliminate is PHS transference because you can just follow your Strategy and Au- thority. And you can begin to get the cognitive advantage. It comes in right away. Why do you think bodies feel so good when they get information in Design? Why following your Strategy and Authority or experimenting with your PHS, you’re getting your cognition coming through. Your body’s intelligence is getting to operate in the holistic surface, and for this hermit, oh, what a relief, that it can get the right call. I read a wonderful article today on the great benefits of coffee, and I was delighted. I do love my coffee. --- PAGE 64 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 56 The 3, 5, 2 Again, we go back to our earlier discussion about the visual cortex. And again, to see this in the context of this hermit, this is a hermit that doesn’t see. It only has a certain window it can see. It looks out at the world and there are all kinds of things that it doesn’t focus on. It’s focusing on something that it’s waiting to see. This out- er vision, this barrier that it has up, it has a barrier up against seeing things. This is the kind of person that says, ―Oh, I can’t watch that movie, I can’t look at that. I don’t want to see that kind of thing.‖ There’s a barrier. And yet, every hermit has to have that opening, that weakness, that vulnerability. And of course, the vulnerability in transference is simply that you accept the call to the wrong things and you get punished for it, physically. But it becomes a window. It becomes the possibility of correctness, the possibility of the hermit’s transforma- tion in life because without the call, life is meaningless for a hermit. But they have to see it. And of course, in transference they are literally blind. The Right: Low Frequency Sound We go over to the right; I want to focus for a moment because I didn’t touch upon it earlier. This transition in terms of the way in which the determination operates the moment that we move over to the right side and you can see here we have the low frequency sound. Again, I’m talking about the density of the sound environment. For example, it doesn’t have to be absolute silence. It could be very, very, very soft, very, very quiet music, as an example. A lot of it has to do with consistency of sound; in other words, no sharp outbursts of sound. It’s simply about not having distracting, jarring sounds around you. It is about being in as quiet as an environ- ment as you can manage. It’s just something to really be aware of, is that these are digestive systems that are so sensitive to sound. Again, it really isn’t about loud or soft, it really is about volume. That’s one of the things to really get. One sound that is not terribly loud is a sound that can be tole- rated in the low volume frequency. But a lot of different sounds, whether they’re quiet or not, is going to be terribly disturbing to somebody who needs the low. So I don’t want you to just get stuck with the concept of loud and quiet, though that ob- viously, is a very much a part of it, logically speaking. --- PAGE 65 --- Lecture Four Fifth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 57 The 4, 5, 2 Again, we’re moving over to the right and we’re dealing with a very different kind of visual cortex. We’re dealing with a hermit that truly waits for the call. If you look at the strategic side, or the active side, you’re looking at a hermit body that is looking for where the call is coming from and will figure it out. Here you have the hermit that has to wait for the call. But while it’s waiting for the call, it’s taking everything in through what it can take in. Again, it’s narrow. Don’t ever assume that it is anything but, there is going to be that specific place where the vision is going to be taken into the receptive. It isn’t going to take all of this over here, or all of that over there. It is going to take an as- pect of that whole flow, but it will take the whole periphery of this, it will take as much information as it possibly can from the visual field that it focuses on. Again, you’re dealing with inability to see when you’re dealing with the transference. This is the greatest dilemma. Where you see this, because in fact the only version here that we should focus on is the 6/2, the 6/2 is a classic version of this and you look at that and you can see the dilemmas that that is going to bring into the life because the 6 is going to go through its three phases, there are going to be mistakes, there are going to mistakes with the call, there is going to be all kinds of potential damage that can be done to this particular vehicle. Of course, being that it is right, that it is the true hermit. The right is the perfect hermit. They’re much more equipped to be a hermit than the left. The left has an agenda in its hermit’s state. The right has no agenda, it is truly a hermit enclosed waiting for something to initiate transformation. And again, when we are dealing with the proper determination we are dealing with a cognitive system that is very profound. And we’re already seeing it at work. We see it at work because the Strategy and Authority of this particular hermit is going to be determined by what they are able to take in. This is what’s going to be the intelli- gence behind their decision making. The 5, 5, 2 You see the cyclical here? I think that in the rave the keynote will be spiral. I don’t think it will be cyclical. I think in humans it’s cyclical, and we see that in the very nature of the emotional wave. That is the deepest connection to the Solar Plexus. I want you to begin to think in terms of spiral in relationship to the 5th and 6th tones in --- PAGE 66 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 58 order to understand that the way in which the cognition operates is that the cogni- tion itself, how can I put that, the cognition advances much faster. And it advances much faster because in fact the cognition becomes part of what is a shared con- sciousness field. And of course, I’m talking about the rave. It is going to remain cyclical in humans, but I wonder sometimes. In the perfection of what a PHS baby on the right, what their possibility is carrying 5th or 6th tone, I wonder whether or not there is an unusual quality that is different from this cyclical quality, because it’s clear to me that that keynote is really a very, very different key- note in relationship to the rave. It is really the spiraling up of the cognition into a col- lective whole that is the conscious penta, not the personal cyclical process of going through the feeling system. For example, in a human even with a very high level of correctness the gift of being able to feel the information is not something that’s always going to be there. Again, it is this feeling and this ability to feel things out that is going to be the bedrock upon which this hermit is either going to fulfill its process or not, whether this cognition is going to be available to it. But whenever we deal with the 5th and 6th tones they are not designed for beings that are here to express their unique self, which is quite a thing to say, but it’s true. That is, the 5th and 6th tone is about homogenized cognition. And when I say homo- genized, I’d better change that term because it will be confusing for you. The 5th and 6th tone is about cognition that can meld; in other words, cognition that has no reason, no formulation, and therefore can merge with other cognitive information that has no reason and formulation to act as a deep resource for some kind of stra- tegic mechanism. That’s a description of the conscious rave. The conscious rave tapping into the cognitive resources of the members of its penta, all right, all simply receptive, all creating an infrastructure of deep, deep receptivity upon which the penta consciousness ultimately can be built. And upon which the penta body will be structured. One of the illusions we have is that the penta will be made up of raves rather than seeing that the penta is the entity, the raves are in a way what our glands are, or whatever, they are components of a larger living force and have no identity on their own, none. And everything about the 5th and 6th tone is pointed literally in this di- rection, not personal cognitive advantage that comes with the active and the strateg- ic, but cognitive possibility that is not even offered consciously, but simply exists as a resource. --- PAGE 67 --- Lecture Four Fifth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 59 The 6, 5, 2 And obviously, when you get to the 6 you get to the deepest level of this. It’s why I have this very clear impression of the power of this touch. It’s almost a defense me- chanism in a way. And so it should be. If we think of the 3 and we see this as the epitome of what allows humanity in its history to get to the top of the food chain, understand that it is the 6 that will allow the rave to get on top of the food chain. It’s something to recognize that the advan- tages that we gain by bifocal vision, these advantages will be overwhelmed by the ul- timate cognitive results of the way in which the right takes things in and the way in which it will be used by the conscious pen- ta. It’s an interesting story. All these years I have been aware of cycles. I have been teaching these things for a very long time. To be so deeply involved in this kind of knowledge at this time is just incredible. I’m grasping sometimes when I talk about the 5 and the 6. And each grasp is a remind- er to me of how exciting the era is that we live in, that there is this incredible muta- tion that is taking place in the cognitive potential of life, that we’re able to be a part of it and witness it. We’re able to, in fact, benefit from it and allow others to benefit from it. That old saying: May you live in interesting times. Well, I thank my lucky stars every day that I do and that I can share it with you. All of you, you take care and until next time, bye for now. ~ --- PAGE 68 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 60 --- PAGE 69 --- PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 61 Lecture Five Fifth Color Chains: Lines 3 and 4 The 3rd Line Let’s begin our journey. Of course we start with a new line configuration; we have the 3rd line. In this context we would be dealing with the 1/3. When you’re looking at a 3rd line body you’re always looking at a 3rd line body that can be very vulnerable. That is, it’s intended to be deeply, deeply vital; resilient is really the word I’m look- ing for. Everything about the 3rd line body is how remarkably resistant it can be. It’s just so interesting what happens to any understanding of a line the moment that you’re dealing with homogenization and you’re not dealing with the real cognition coming through. When the 3rd line body isn’t receiving its cognition, that is, you’re not being directed by strategy. Basically what happens is that this 3rd line, in essence, doesn’t know what to bump into. It doesn’t have the intelligence it needs to be able to make the decision in terms of its trajectory so that it has the ability to be resilient in those sit- uations. What we end up with the 3rd line is the martyr body. That is, we end up with a suffering body. Everyone who carries the 3rd line, the 3rd line carries always as not-self, as homogenized, this deep, suffering and of course all of the things that happen to us particularly when the physical body is in pain or in discomfort. Again, it’s one of the wonderful things about awareness is that you can witness the discomfort of your own body without being discomforted yourself. I’m going through such a process. It takes awareness. The vast majority of 3rd line beings without be- ing able to operate correctly, without the awareness that they need, they end up with vehicles that really suffer. Obviously, whenever we deal with somebody that is going to have a 3rd line design it is obvious to us that we certainly need to work with them in terms of their Strategy and Authority just to protect their body, because it is going to be vulnerable. It’s going to be vulnerable to suffering. Traditionally 3rd line bodies will suffer the most. By the way, it doesn’t mean they get the worst things, because I don’t want to set up that kind of illusion. It’s just about the way they suffer with it. They’re here to be vital, they’re here to have in- credible resiliency. And of course, when they’re beaten down by the process of being incorrect, the pain that they suffer is even greater. That is, there is a collapse that takes place that is quite something to get them to reengage with the life process. I spent a lot of time, I guess it was in the late 90’s, where I put a lot of focus on try- ing to help out 3rd line beings because I realized what kind of deep dilemma they were in, in terms of being misunderstood, particularly 3rd line children. I have two --- PAGE 70 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 62 1/3 sons and from the moment they came into the world that the one thing that they were only going to get from me was positive reinforcement. They weren’t going to get anything else. They were never going to get, ―You got this wrong.‖ They were always going to get, ―What happened?‖ They could figure it out. It’s so important for the 3rd line being to be nurtured correctly because how easy it is in life, every decision can be the wrong decision, every movement can be the wrong movement and life can be very cruel to the 3rd line being because it’s not transper- sonal. It doesn’t have the clues. It is very much self-absorbed. Particularly in this case when we talk about a 1/3, this is as deep a self-absorption that we find in any kind of profile. They’re not aware of the consequences that are beyond them. They are just within that process. And of course, if they’re not prepared, the shock, the pain, the discomfort of being incorrect is something that is very painful for them. And in most cases the suffering is really psychological. In many ways it’s more difficult to carry the 3rd line as a per- sonality theme where one is always dealing with, at the psychological level, the di- lemma that life doesn’t work the way one wants to. But here with the 3rd line vehicle I really want you to grasp something, that we don’t understand the 3rd line person at all. That is, we really don’t know the 1/3, because in fact they are designed to be the most powerful vehicles on the planet. This is an incredible vehicular design, if you will. The power in the 1/3 to have the resiliency to be able to take whatever is necessary in order to actually establish the correct foun- dation; it is the very basis of profile. It’s the foundation of all the other profiles. Of course, if the not-self foundation is weak then we see what happens. We have a life force that is built on the crumbling of the martyr in pain and we have a planet that’s full of that, literally a planet that’s full of that, and how different it is the mo- ment that we understand that this all can be eliminated so easily, so easily on the design side. It’s the miracle of design. It’s why PHS is so impressive. This is all about understanding that if you start off with Strategy and Authority you automati- cally gain access to the cognition and obviously, the moment you gain access to the cognition the way in which that 3 is going to operate is that it’s going to operate cor- rectly. The 1, 5, 3 It will be nuanced, of course. That is, it’s going to be nuanced by what any of the variations happen to be. In this case we’re dealing with a 1st tone and in dealing with a 1st tone we’re dealing with what is, in fact, an active body. Remember, I’m not talking about the surface of the body; I’m actually talking about brain activity, neural activity, chemical activity in the body. That is, everything about this particu- lar piece of hardware is that it’s focused on the olfactory. It’s focused on smell. In other words, this is a body in which they enhance the value of the capacity to smell is going to transform the way in which this martyr is going to operate in the world. This is the thing that is so beautiful about the nature of cognition. --- PAGE 71 --- Lecture Five Fifth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 63 And it’s not so much that this martyr is going to go around sniffing everything. Again, that’s not really what it’s about. What it’s about is that their olfactory system, because it is going to operate correctly and because it’s going to be the focus of their sensory involvement, it means that they’re going to get access to information, that information doesn’t necessarily have to be conscious at all, and the access to that in- formation is the bedrock upon which they are actually acting when they’re following their Strategy and Authority. Again, remember that it’s difficult to decon- struct this because it’s just one thing. Strategy and Authority is the tonal cognition reaching the surface. And the tonal cogni- tion can only reach the surface through Strategy and Authority. In other words, this is one thing together. I try to explain to you that when you’re looking at the BodyGraph and you’re looking at somebody’s design and you see that they’re a Splenic Generator the assumption is that, at least on the surface what you’re explaining to them is that response, because it’s the sacral, it’s a Splenic sacral so that it’s being guided by whatever the awareness is in the sacral center, this is what is guiding them. But in fact, the moment that you’re operating out of that Strategy and Authority, that Splenic sacral, or whatever that configura- tion it would happen to be, they are deriving their intelligence from the cognition coming through underneath. This is the real secret of understanding how the body can operate intelligently in the life as a result of following Strategy and Authority. And of course, here we have this movement through our theme now, which is the 5th color and of course we’re talking about sound. Again, please understand that in this reference to sound it really is a denser frequency, you can get the sense of that from the 5th tone. That is, the 5th tone in its relationship to electromagnetics, to aura; in other words, that this is a frequency that is being taken in at a very high level. Of course, the determination here, because we are left sided is the high volume noise level, that is, high volume acoustic stimulation necessary for the digestive system. Now remember, if you’re operating according to your Strategy and Authority you are getting correct tonal cognition reaching the surface. PHS is something else. PHS is a refinement of the whole process. And obviously it is a way in which you can begin to get rid of the damage that is accumulated over a lifetime of conditioning. It’s also, I was mentioning this in the class before because it just so happens I was doing sound in that class, introducing the color, talking about how PHS is a way in which we hon- or the vehicle. Once the vehicle is operating correctly you can get more and more out of this vehicle if you pay attention to it, if you serve it as it was intended to be served; that is, in terms of our predisposition to differentiate. Anyway, if we go back to this 3rd line being, everything about this 3rd line being is the trial, not necessarily the error. But it is the trial. And all 3rd line beings are deeply connected to the plane that we live on. Here is a 3rd line being that is going to oper- --- PAGE 72 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 64 ate successfully on the plane following its Strategy and Authority, but being guided by smell as its sensory cueing. The 2, 5, 3 The 2nd tone and taste; again, I go back to my discussion of breathing and the dif- ference between 1st and 2nd tone beings and how important it is for 2nd tone beings to breathe with their mouth. When I say that, I mean to make sure they take oppor- tunities to breathe with the mouth. There is this natural tendency, and I think in the case of the 2 it’s truly homogenized, to simply be a nose-breather. I find it, for ex- ample, extremely uncomfortable when my nose is blocked, and I’ve experienced this the last couple of days, when my nose is blocked and I have to breathe through my mouth. It’s very difficult to go to sleep. But when you’re dealing with somebody that’s a 2, breathing through their mouth is an enormous advantage. They’re often the ones that are the most conditioned away from breathing out of their mouth because it’s noticed by their family, or noticed by people—―breathe with your nose‖—or what- ever the case may be. But this is something that’s very interesting and I think that therapeutically it’s the kind of information that needs to be passed along, because I think it’s very important for these beings to recognize that their sensory gift is their capacity to taste. And I’m not speaking about simply tasting the difference between sweet and sour. That is, there is a high level of information and data that can be collected from the environment through the mouth. And that in- formation that’s being collected from the environment through the mouth is informa- tion that can be of enormous value to them in terms of the way in which ultimately their decision making is structured in their authority. So, this is a very different kind of martyr. That is, this is a 3rd line being that is going to be dependent in terms of the information it needs in order to be able to make the decision necessary that the heightened sense of taste is something that is going to be an attribute. Obviously, if this is somebody that is following their Strate- gy and Authority and they’re also involved in their PHS, and by the way, the high vo- lume is really easy to compensate with in this day and age. And again, remember that color is really evolutionarily timed. And when we’re looking at upper colors, they’re very modern, that is, modern digestive systems that can be aided by modern technology. When you’re looking at the 5th color and particularly you’re looking at both the high and the low, this is one of the few areas where technology is extremely important, just as it is so important for the 3rd color in terms of being able to control tempera- ture. Here, for the 5th color, it’s a matter of controlling the volume of sound fre- quency that you’re receiving, either high or low. Obviously, for the high, I don’t --- PAGE 73 --- Lecture Five Fifth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 65 mean to plug Apple because I’m a PC man myself, but nonetheless, put iPod plugs in your ears and put on your favorite music and away you go. My joke earlier about 5’s who have the high are perfect for restaurants, good loud noisy restaurants. But nonetheless, it is something to keep in mind that technology can be very valuable to these beings. Think about this martyr, think about this 1/3, their whole life is about needing to get to that foundation. They have to get to that foundation. It’s their personality; after all, the personality will not be at ease until there is that foundation that they can have as some kind of genuine security in this life, because, after all, 1st line beings are insecure. It is this 1/3 that is going to have to make the decisions that are going to lead it to that place of security. That decision, once somebody is operating ac- cording to their Strategy and Authority, the decision is resting on this design 3. And it’s resting on its cognitive capacity. As long as it can taste the environment, it is going to be able to make the right deci- sion one way or another. It’s going to provide the infrastructure for that and it’s going to provide the intelligence for that strategy to be able to operate. But the moment that this person isn’t operating according to Strategy and Authority, there is no cognition. What you get is the dysfunctional 3, which is normal, or let’s call it the not-self 3. You simply get the martyr. That trial and error, which is an indication that you really don’t know where to look so you keep on looking and hoping you can find what you’re looking for, and you bang into things that don’t work for you and then you go on to the next thing. In other words, this is the classic description that we can give of the 3, but under- stand that’s the homogenized not-self. As I said, their theme is trial. The error is what the not-self brings. It isn’t to say that the trial and error isn’t valuable, it is. It’s wonderful to enter into the right thing that goes wrong. But you have to know how to enter into the right thing, and you can’t enter into the right thing if the cogni- tion isn’t there. And it’s only going to be there if the Strategy and Authority is there. The 3, 5, 3 The visual cortex, the eyes themselves, the whole mechanism of our capacity to see the refinement of what it is to be hu- man, that perfection of what is in fact fo- cused vision, our ability to be able to fo- cus our bodies, focus our consciousness. This theme, it’s very different, by the way, from the 1st and 2nd tones. They’re so concentrated, they’re so intense. Here, when you enter into the 3 and the 4 you enter into the periodic, you enter into these cyclical moments. In other words, the focus cannot always be maintained. It’s one of the reasons why these are beings that can often feel quite uncomfortable, --- PAGE 74 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 66 like they’ve lost their focus, particularly if they’re not operating correctly, because there is always this interregnum between what is in fact physical strategies, physical strategies for survival based on the ability to be able to see. In this sense, what we’re dealing with is a martyr that has the potential of being able to be visually attuned, and through their visual attunement be able to get the infor- mation they need in order to make the right decisions in their life according to their Strategy and Authority. In other words, no matter where that decision making is coming from, whether they’re this type or another type, or they have this thing or that thing. It doesn’t really make any difference, other than of course that’s the way the illusion works. But the cognition, the ability to make that decision, is rooted in the intelligence that they’re getting from the tone underneath. So ultimately for this martyr it’s visual. In other words, they need the visual cues and they’re going to be focused on the visual plane and this is where they’re going to get the data they need in order to be able to operate correctly. The 4, 5, 3 The right-sided passive body—unless somebody is passive/receptive, in other words, unless somebody has a passive body and a receptive personality, only in those cases are we really dealing with somebody that is very much in need of real support and education because they have been deeply, deeply conditioned and are probably very uncomfortable in their skin. If you have a passive body and you happen to have a strategic mind, it’s not all that no- ticeable. In the sense that when you’re dealing with the receptive mind, you are re- ally dealing with something totally different in the way in which self-reflected conscious- ness works, and it’s a very obvious differ- ence. But the passive body is simply oriented towards different frequencies. And of course, in humans some of it can be accessed; not all of it. But certainly there are greater potentials to be accessed from the right-sided body for humans than has been accessed up until now. That is, it certainly requires the beginnings of the whole process, which is the Strategy and Authority to align oneself to whatever the cogni- tive dimension happens to be. Here we’re still dealing with the visual cortex, but we’re dealing with a passive visual cortex rather than an active one. We’re not chasing after the focus. As a matter of fact, we are unfocused here. This is an unfocused process because it is passive. In other words, there is no attempt at conditioning or limiting the field of vision. There is no looking, in that sense. There is no gift of being able to look. --- PAGE 75 --- Lecture Five Fifth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 67 The martyr that’s dependent on the 3rd tone cognition is a martyr whose eyes are looking this way and that; one focus after the other, looking for its strategic advan- tage. Here when you’re dealing with the passive there isn’t this kind of looking one way or another. It seems like a kind of just looking, not searching for anything, not focused on anything, not trying to find anything, just taking it in. So, this is a very different kind of martyr. This is not a martyr that is here to fulfill its potential without the initiation coming from the other. I guess it’s one of the most powerful things that we begin to see on the right, is the necessity of the right to have a strategic partnership. In other words, for them to be allowed to enjoy what is their gift and at the same time not be threatened by it not being strategic and human, or active and human, because, after all, the passive vehicle is the ve- hicle that is intended for the rave. And that quality of passive vehicle when it is ful- filled in the rave, you wouldn’t want to have that kind of body, because it’s so pas- sive it doesn’t function the way a human body functions. Of course, as human be- ings we’re not going to experience it that way, we don’t. At its worst we can expe- rience it as a quality of lethargy, as a sense of unprotectedness. This martyr doesn’t have an agenda. That’s the thing that’s so interesting. This is a body without an agenda. So this is going to be a visual cortex without an agenda, which means that the way in which decision making is going to operate out of this is simply going to be dependent on the situation, and only on the situation. Any situa- tion may, in fact, be of value to this 1/3. After all, they’re prepared for a broad spectrum in the way in which they take information in. But they need the other; they need the ―itness‖ of life to initiate whatever that’s going to be. They do not, will not, have their own strategy. And of course, if you end up with a strategic mind that is inside this passive body, there are some very interesting consequences to all of that. It’s not my purpose in going through the chains to get into the combination of the two, which is something that comes later in this process. But it is always something for you to begin to spe- culate on, these variations that we’re going to have to deal with in dealing with the holistic person that we’re going to work with. Nonetheless, this martyr, in order to enter into the right trial, the right trial has to be presented to it. And it doesn’t know what that trial is going to be and has no agenda for any particular trial at all. Everything about the right is waiting for life or the oth- er. It’s passive, after all. It’s really passive. It’s something to see that surrender, what surrender really is. Surrender is the acknowledgment of limitation. We are all deeply limited. And yet, the very acknowledgment of limitation is transcendent. It just is. And when we get to places like the higher tones, the 5 and the 6, we’re in a place of extraordinary potential in terms of sensory capacity. The 5, 5, 3 The feeling that is keynoted here is such an understatement. We’re talking about a deep, deep sensitivity and a deep capacity to garner detailed information from the auric field, from the electromagnetic field, from the environment, from the chemistry --- PAGE 76 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 68 around them. These are deeply sensitive beings. This is a deeply, deeply sensitive martyr. And of course, everything about the way in which they operate is that they get their information after things happen to them. Think about it, their ability to read the other well, the other must be there. And it is the other that pulls out the re- quirements. Of course, this is going to be a 1/3, they’re not transpersonal. They don’t naturally get that. And yet, their body is yearning for someone to use it, and I mean use it and use it well. This is what raves are about. Raves are the bodies that come out of the womb and say ―Use me.‖ Use the resources, there is no ―me‖ actually. It’s just use the resources. Now obviously, in humans that is not going to operate that way, but it’s still there. I think one of the great mystical things about those that are right sided in the future is that they are going to be our libraries, they’re going to be our resources, and they’re the ones that are going to hold the information. That will be quite spectacular what they are going to be capable of. In many ways, it is the only way in which they are going to survive, because in fact that is going to be a great bargain, the bargain between the strategic and the recep- tive, between the active and the passive. As humans we are going to have to work together. The strategic by the way will not be able to survive without the advantag- es that can be garnered from those that are right sided. And the right side, obvious- ly, because it is non-strategic needs to be protected, and can only be protected by the left. So, some balance, some bargain has to be struck. One of the most interesting things about the human dynamic as we move forward is that we need to be able to heal and to therapeutically bring a level of health for the right-sided beings that are on this fractal and prepare the ground for right-sided hu- mans to come so that we can begin to develop this relationship. We still don’t have right-sided beings that are operating according to their nature because they are so caught up in conditioning. I guarantee you that this martyr has a really, really hard time—99.99% of them have no connection to this. The vast majority of the planet, blah, blah, blah, all that stuff, are deeply conditioned to be strategic. They fight against their very body be- cause their body doesn’t seem to have that agenda. And they cause their body a lot of difficulty, can cause the body a lot of damage because as not-self they try to drive it; it won’t be driven. The 6, 5, 3 The 6th tone is the most difficult to read. I’ve already talked about it a lot, this quali- ty of touch that goes far beyond our understanding of touch. I think it carries with it --- PAGE 77 --- Lecture Five Fifth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 69 a deep manipulative quality. That is, the ability to be able to manipulate the physical environment, aside from being able to take in information and put information out. But of course, given that this is in the pas- sive form, remember that when I talk about the way in which I envision this 6 operating, I don’t talk about it in terms of envisioning how it would operate through a rave. I envision how it would operate through a rave penta, because the penta is a strategic entity and will take advan- tage of the resources of the rave. The rave can only take things in. That is, this 6th tone quality is a quality of taking things in. But once that is handed over to a stra- tegic force, and then it can be all turned around. It is the frightening aspect of the conscious rave penta, what it can do when it turns around this receptive resource information and takes advantage of it. Obviously, this is a martyr that is deeply, deeply influenced by the information it receives through touch. And its real capacity to be secure in this life, to enter into the correct trial in this life is always going to be a matter of what information it has received through the tactile, it will guide its response, or whatever its reaction is going to be according to its authority. The other thing that I want to mention before I leave this chain, of course, is the right-sided determination which is low. That is, low volume density. Again, this is something that because it is sound and because it is deeply associated with frequen- cy, not just acoustic audible frequency, is that for those that have the low it’s often— I just had a client the other day that I told him to stay away from refrigerators, stay away from the kind of machines that are putting out energy fields, you really need to be in a protected environment. It’s not an easy thing. Again, remember the upper colors are deeply connected to our technology. You have sound interfering headphones that can put you in complete silence. I was jok- ing in the earlier class about—I don’t know if any of you remember this thing, it came out in the 70’s, this thing they call the egg. I was so tempted to get one, they looked so interesting. It’s this thing you sort of open up and you can sit inside, it was very comfortable, and you close the door and there is absolute silence. You could have absolute silence in darkness, or if you want to relax you can have music come in. It was designed for people who lived in high volume density environments where there was a lot of noise and where they needed some peace. It’s well known, for example, that so much of the psychological disturbances of people that live in large cities is because they never escape the noise. They never escape random noise. They just don’t. And after awhile that can be very uncom- fortable. For these beings, in terms of their eating habits, obviously low frequency is something that you really have to take care. You really have to pay attention to the kind of environment you can have in order for you to be able to satisfy the demands of that. --- PAGE 78 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 70 The 4th Line You’ll remember from my earlier discussions each time that we come to the 4, and here we will be dealing with the 2/4 in dealing with the 4 body, that this is a body that can be exhausted. This is a body that can burnout. This is a body that gives up. This is a body that throws in the towel. These are the kind of people where they have some kind of problem and they’re in a hospital and the doctors can’t figure out that they’re not getting better. They’re just getting closer and closer to death. These are bodies that can actually just give up. Again, this is about the lack of cognition, obviously. The generic 4th line is a burnout line. It is an exhaustion line. Everything about the 4th line being in its investment, this is a body that has to invest its energy in others. If you don’t invest your energy and get back a decent return on that investment whether you’re investing in love, money, dreams, whatever the case may be, whatever you’re investing in you need to get it back. This is the opportunist, after all. You need to get it back otherwise you’re going to burn out your energy and eventually you’re going to collapse. The real dilemma is that it’s all about the decision making of who you invest in. Where do you put your energy? And where do you put your energy is something that has to be determined by the cognition underneath, that is, if you’re following your Strategy and Authority. As long as you’re not following that you’re going to get stuck with the generic and you’re going to end up with all the problems that 4th line bodies will come to and you’ll end up with a body that can simply collapse on you. This is obviously a very fragile body and one that if you have a 4 body client, that it’s really important that they understand the fragility and how important it is for them to learn to how to make decisions correctly through the vehicle. Again, it goes back to Strategy and Authority, as always is the case. The 1, 5, 4 We go back to our active body, our active 1st tone, the olfactory capacity of smell, deeply concentrated. This is a body that is in many ways very—I was about to say tense, but again that will be put on the surface, I mean that on the inside. It’s very intense, if I could put it that way, very intense in the way in which it’s processing things. There’s a tremendous amount of work going on, which, by the way, if you have a left body, PHS is something that is going to feel quickly very good in your body. Be- cause it is a high-energy burning system, and to have proper nutrition is obviously something that’s going to be an advantage for that body, particularly if you end up with a 4th line surface where you know that the exhaustion can be built in there and the body can weaken. Again, these are beings, particularly when you see children they really need to have a proper regimen, their diet needs to be watched, it is so --- PAGE 79 --- Lecture Five Fifth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 71 important for their bodies to be strong because this is the great weakness for them. It’s not their personalities in that sense. The body is where the dilemma can be. Clearly we’re back to the high volume, the high density of sound, how important that is for the determination. Basically what you’re doing is you’re just heightening the capacity of the olfactory system to be able to provide this particular opportunist with the body intelligence it needs to be able to select the right forces to invest in, and to know when to stop investing in forces. Eve- rything about the 4 is about the quality of their network, everything. If all of your friends are idiots then your opportunities are the opportunities that will be provided to idiots. You know what I mean, everything about the 4 is not who they are and what their potential is, because their potential can be spectacular, but it is about the potential of those around them, what is their potential, what is their cultural educational, all of those things, because that’s what that 4 is going to feed on. And that’s what it’s going to end up investing in. So, the more cognitive they are, the more aware they can be, the more intelligent their vehicle can be, the better decisions they can make in terms of their relationships and the benefit that those relationships ultimately can bring them. The 2, 5, 4 I’m a great 2nd tone fan, as you know by now. It is always interesting to have a cognition that sets us up in such a way that we’re ready for what doesn’t exist yet. It also says something rather interesting. It says: how can you be ready for some- thing that doesn’t exist yet; it must exist and yet has not appeared. And of course, that’s really what it is. The 2nd tone has access to a different cognitive possibility. It can recognize things that are not generally recognized. And of course, that’s its great gift. Again, we go back to my comments about mouth breathing and how important it is for 2nd tone beings to take in information through the mouth. Again, we come back to the standard process of the opportunist. Again, we’re dealing with the strategic body, so we’re dealing with a body that has an agenda. The agenda is that I have to invest in the right beings and how do I do that, I do that by using my cognitive taste. It’s my cognitive taste that’s going to give me the information that is going to be translated as my Strategy and Authority --- PAGE 80 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 72 and I’m going to be able to align myself with forces that are going to be correct for me. That’s basically the story. Obviously, if we want to take advantage of the gift that is here and enhance this gift, then we get involved in PHS and we go to the determination and we make sure that—and this is an easy one, by the way, relatively speaking in the modern age, that is the high acoustic end. Basically you can eat just about anywhere as long as you’re not eating alone in a silent place. Basically, you’re somebody that can be very much a social food person. It is not a very difficult one to work with. It’s much more difficult to work with the right sided low than it is to work with the left sided high. The 3, 5, 4 The visual opportunist—I joke that the 4/6, and this is only relative in the sense of 4th line themes, my nickname has always been the voyeur. The opportunist is a body that watches in its own way. It’s smelling, it’s tasting, whatever. It has to; after all, it has to figure out whom to give its energy to. Think about that. If you know 4th line beings in your life you know that they put out a lot of energy to other people. Well, that costs. It’s a lot easier for the not-self 4 personality to do that, it’s all homogenized and it’s going to go the way it goes. When you’re dealing with the body, though, you’re dealing with a body that’s actually using up physical energy in its investment with the other. It’s using it up. It needs to get it back. You cannot keep on drawing from the well and not get a rainfall, because eventually you’re just going to hit rock bottom. And of course, the great dilemma of the oppor- tunity is: how do I invest in the right be- ings. You can see what the dilemma is for this 4. If you have homogenization what does this 4 actually have? It doesn’t have the ability to see, its body doesn’t have the resources to be able to invest in whom is correct. It ends up investing in just about anyone who shows up, sort of, anyone that’s in its environment, anyone that’s around it. It doesn’t know. And so much of that is going to be wasted energy. It just will be. The 4, 5, 4 This is an opportunist that’s here to really see. It is here to see precisely who is wor- thy of investment. Remember something, I don’t mean to make that sound sort of callous and cold and blah, blah, blah. The 4’s are here to influence, they’re here to influence those they know. They can be very powerful forces in this life, and very important ones. They are the fundamental externalizers that we have on the planet. --- PAGE 81 --- Lecture Five Fifth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 73 We want them to be healthy and correct, and we want them to be investing in those who are worthy of the influence. That would be a nice ideal. We don’t have that, obviously, but it certainly would be nice. It’s a wonder about Strategy and Authority that from this point of view how transforming this could be for this oppor- tunist. It’s so simple, after all. It’s just Strategy and Authority. But then again, I’ve been saying that for 20 years, and counting. I like these false resonances. It’s interest- ing to see the opportunist in the right be- cause to see the opportunist in the right or from the right perspective is to see how different the left and right are. The left op- portunist is looking for their network. And the right opportunist is waiting for their network to show up. It’s very different. They’re waiting for it to show up. They’re waiting for it to come into their life, because they’re not equipped to focus on their network. They’re not equipped to focus on who and what and when and all of those things—they don’t have the agenda. This is such a different brain. It’s such a different body. We’re talking internal here; mostly we’re just talking about brain function. It’s such a different brain; it’s not in- terested in all that stuff. So this opportunist never needs to look for its network. It has to wait for the network to show up and through Strategy and Authority it will know who to receive. And oh boy will they be influential because the level of cogni- tion that they have is far greater than what could be achieved through the strategic, because they are so different. We don’t see opportunists like this. The last thing that will emerge in my lifetime are right humans that function correctly. That’s the challenge for me over the next 20 or 30 years, if I live that long. We still have the deeply conditioned strategic opportun- ist. We need to work with the right. We need to work with these right bodies. Everything goes back to Strategy and Authority because in fact it doesn’t matter how this works. What matters is that being, in operating according to their Strategy and Authority, that they will operate correctly because the cognition will be there. And when they can begin to understand how profound their gift is, slowly they can relax into that and wait. Everything about the opportunist is about waiting, by the way, everything—don’t leave a lover until you have another lover. Well, that’s waiting. Don’t leave a job until you have another job. Well, that’s waiting; it’s all about wait- ing. --- PAGE 82 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 74 The 5, 5, 4 We move over to the 5 and the 6, and of course we move over into these very, very delicate, very profound frequencies; and of course, the sound, the low frequency. Again, all of this is very difficult to achieve, frankly. The low is a very difficult thing to achieve. You have to be very lucky and you have to be technologically and mone- tarily advantaged to be able to create what is an ideal environment for the low. It’s certainly something that has to be thought about in order to be able to provide for those that are going to be on the right who are going to be 5th color. Again, we are dealing with this whole dif- ferent kind of opportunist. This is an op- portunist that can influence people through their aura; this is somebody that will have a strong magnetic field to others. This is an opportunist that doesn’t have to worry about maintaining its network because the network is going to want to maintain its link with this opportunist. And all it has to do is operate correctly. The real transformation would be if they ac- tually followed their PHS. Because I don’t think that anything on the right in a hu- man being as constituted now functions in any way correctly. This is very, very new. And it’s not being nourished. And I think it’s really essential for those beings on the right to grasp that PHS is going to be one of their most important allies in being able to bring out their gift, being able to bring out the sensitivity, let alone that in operat- ing correctly they’re already refining their physical process. This is the temple, let’s get it right. That is what it’s about. Let’s get it right. The 6, 5, 4 The 6 and the 3 have a special relation- ship tonally. The 3 can be seen now from our perspective as the fulfillment of the physical potential of what it is to be hu- man. And here in the 6 we have the po- tential of what it is to be rave. Again, in the context of the human being it obvious- ly is going to operate very differently. It also means that it is something that very little is known about it, very little has ever been experienced. If you go back to the beginning of this interregnum in 1781 --- PAGE 83 --- Lecture Five Fifth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 75 we have been and were deeply conditioned by the seven-centered strategic being. Remember that the seven-centered being was only strategic in the way in which it functioned. We are this interregnum, this transitionary point between the left and the right, the return in the spiral to a new right. We as humans, because the rave has yet to emerge, have continued with the stra- tegic conditioning. It’s been supported by those of us that are left. But it is the in- herited way of humanity. And of course, all of these beings that have come into the world since 1781 carrying the right side, particularly those mentally right because they are the ones that in essence have had the deepest conditioning of their minds, they have yet to have any chance for this to emerge. It wasn’t until the advent of the revelation of Human Design, which is only 20 years ago; it’s only in the last 20 years that any of this knowledge has been available. It’s only in the last several years that the real distinction and transformation of the cog- nitive process has been mechanically laid out. It means that this huge swath of hu- manity that has incarnated with these transitionary right alignments that they have been deeply, deeply under served. We have a lot of work to do in order to be able to help these beings, in order to be able to help them in their process; mostly, as I said, on the personality side. The design side we always have this incredible advantage. That is, Strategy and Au- thority is the great healing agency of the vehicle. It just is. And the cognition will come through. And PHS truly is a way in which whatever potential remains within the vehicle can be enhanced. It is all win-win from the design side. The real dilemma is the personality because the personality itself does not readily let go and surrender because there is a real journey involved with bringing the personal- ity to a place where cognitively it can accept its limitation. The damage for those on the right, that is, right-sided personalities, in being strategically oriented mentally all their lives, this is a very, very deep, deep conditioning. And we need the right-mind. It is about balance. Balance Everything about the nature of duality is duality is always seeking balance. The bal- ance in itself is never truly attained, but there is always this journey to find this bal- ance. And we see it manifested in every aspect of life, whether it’s political balance trying to be achieved between this pole and that pole, this political edge or that polit- ical edge, or whatever the case may be, there is always this balance being sought. For us as humans, because we are the first generation to wake up and understand that we are in a transitionary form that doesn’t just serve us—as a matter of fact, it is no longer particularly interested in serving us—that being in that transitionary form we have to see that we have to find a new balance and make room in our hu- man consciousness life, make room for those who have emerged in this transition that are truly new. --- PAGE 84 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 76 In the truest sense those born on the right, particularly right personalities as hu- mans, are the last variation of humankind. They’re not rave. They’re still living within the human biological context, but they have this transitionary quality. So they are the last variation and we need to make room for them and we need to make sure that they’re healthy. It’s an interesting journey. Ok, folks. I’m glad I got through all of that today. The gods are kind. To all of you, thanks for being here. And until next time, you take care; bye for now. ~ --- PAGE 85 --- PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 77 Lecture Six Fifth Color Chains: Lines 5 and 6 The 5th Line Paranoid, Seductive Body We’re going to start off with our journey along the 5th line track and we have a 5th line body. It is interesting to think about the nature of the 5th line body is that it has its own peculiar sensitivities. The 5th line body is where the suspiciousness or para- noia that we can associate with the 5th line exists in the body itself. It is a wary body. It is a body that is sensitive. It’s also something else. That is, it is a seductive body. And as a seductive body, it has a tendency to call others to it. When I say call others to it, this is often the great dilemma. That is, 5’s are by their very nature attractive forces. That is, you can see that in any kind of analysis of 5th lines and the genetic continuity of 5th lines that we’re always dealing with the presumption of the positive. That is the presumption of the positive projection. In terms of understanding that from the point of view of the body is to understand a natural seductiveness in the body. When I say seductiveness I don’t mean to asso- ciate that specifically or even indirectly at anything that we would interpret as sex- ual. I’m just talking about the body as a whole, being a body that pulls attention and that pulls others to it. We’re dealing with an upper trigram transpersonal quality, universalizing quality that’s there. So, here is a body that can be attractive. Now, of course, this could be a dilemma. If you’re thinking about a 3/5, for example, which is going to be the most abundant of the 5 bodies that we’re going to see, you deal with the 3/5 and here is a personality that is very much concerned with its trial and error process. It is very much concerned about not making mistakes, not getting into problems, not having to confront failure. And as a 3rd line personality, which is lower trigram, it’s still absorbed in its own process and is not clear about what will come its way. Things will bang into it. But when you have a 5 underneath, that is, as a design 5 body, what you know for this poor 3rd personality is that all kinds of forces are going to be drawn to it and it’s not prepared. 3/5’s are the least prepared when it comes to interaction with the other. They just are. Of course, they end up suffering a great deal as a result of that. --- PAGE 86 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 78 Again, when we’re talking about anything having to do with correctness in this life, that everything about correctness is rooted in whether we are cognitive, if we are operating through a proper intelligence. The moment that you cut this being off from Strategy and Authority is the moment that you throw this into the generic 5th body. And because it is unconscious, you don’t know why those people are there, you don’t know why they’re on your track, you don’t know why they’re in front of you. And depending on your psychology, depending on the way in which your design operates, what your not-self is, can be all of these assumptions that these people are good for you, that they may be important for you and so forth and so on—that they love you, that they care about you, that they need you, whatever the case may be. Only to fail them in not being correct and the price that is paid for that. That is, the price to the reputation of the being as a whole, everything about the nature of this vehicle, and whether this vehicle is going to be correct in its movement because again, that’s the whole story. This is the thing to recognize about what cognition does for us, is that cognition properly aligns this body to its geometry in life. That is the key, that’s what decision making does. When you think about it, when you think about the monopole and the design crystal, forget about the passenger sitting in the backseat. Let’s just talk monopole, design crystal. We have the design crystal and this is the vehicle and we have the mono- pole and this is the driver. And this vehicle is what’s being driven. And the informa- tion that the vehicle provides, the potential that the vehicle provides, the correctness that the vehicle provides to the driver, allows the driver to align the vehicle in its correct direction. And everything about our lives is about our geometry; everything, everything, everything. Anyone who has been in Design long enough knows that there are so many different attributes in Human Design that are about geometry, trajectory, all of these expres- sions, whether we’re talking about profile or we’re talking about nodes, there are all these different aspects that all point to the same thing that must be deeply grasped. We are objects moving in space and everything is about our geometry. And of course, we are a vehicle that’s being driven. That’s what the monopole is all about. That’s what our so-called identity is about. The Ego Oh, this confusion that people have between the self and the heart center, between the identity and the ego. It is a deep confusion. In traditional thought, the ego was never considered to be anything that was superior or important on its own. And it certainly wasn’t the identity or the true self or the higher self or whatever that was. The ego was dismissed as this kind of—it’s that low thing there. Well, excuse me. This is one of the interesting things about looking at a Human Design is that the first thing you understand about a Human Design is that if you’re looking for ―I‖, ―I am‖, ‖I will‖, ―I can‖, ―I should‖, ―I, I, I‖, there’s only one place you can look and it’s the ego, the heart center. This is ―I.‖ But that’s not what the G center is. The G center --- PAGE 87 --- Lecture Six Fifth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 79 happens to be where the ―I‖ is going to end up, where the ―I‖ is taken. It’s taken for a ride, after all. It’s what our identity is. Our identity is where we are at any given moment, because that’s really what it’s about. The G Center When you think about the G Center, it’s just so obvious, you just put it together. What do you have? You have something that holds you together in the illusion of your separateness and moves you along a trajectory in life. Because no two objects can occupy the same space at the same time, being moved along a specific geome- try is, in fact, our uniqueness. And it means everything to us, because it’s not just a movement, it is an orchestrated, choreographed dance. You ever watch dancers on a dance floor? Some of them you don’t want to watch. You just don’t want to watch them. They make the same movements as the people beside them. And there are some people on the dance floor who catch the music. They catch it, they ride it, and you can see every fiber of their being is locked into that music. And it doesn’t matter whether they are naturally graceful or not. There is a magic that you can feel from them because they are lost in their unique relation- ship with that music. This is our lives. We’re either the dancers that nobody wants to look at, and every- body sees. Or we get to dance that particular special, like the dervish, this wonder- ful, wonderful unique spiral into the frequency. It’s like that with movement. We know that all 5’s in their movement meet certain circumstances. But the circums- tance without cognition is always generic, it’s always the same, it always looks the same so you get a chart that says 3/5 and you go, tsk, tsk. That martyr heretic, burn baby, burn. That’s a cliché, it’s a generic. It is not what is a true possibility, because the true possibility is here [tone] in the cognition being able to move through so that this vehicle has its correct movement. That’s what happens when you make decisions. Most people think that when they make a decision that the decision is about ―yes or no,‖ not where. It’s about where. You make the decision that you’re going to stop eating meat. What does that lead to—a totally different trajectory. You’re not going to go to the same places any more. Your journey is going to change, along with many other things, obviously. Every decision we make ultimately is connected to movement. It’s like understand- ing that every time you’re making a decision, that is, every time that you’re operat- ing out your Strategy and Authority, what you’re really doing is being a navigator aligning the pilot, aligning it to that specific movement in space, that movement that reduces the resistance that opens up the possibility of the promise that’s there in every one of us. But you can’t do it without your onboard computer. You can’t do it without the intelligence, you can’t. --- PAGE 88 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 80 The 1, 5, 5 Here we start at the beginning, the active, the active left-sided body, concentrated, Splenic. And of course, we’re dealing with the olfactory, we’re dealing with smell. That here is a heretical body that what it is truly sensitive to is smell. This is what gives it the information it needs. It’s how it derives that information. But we know as well that in order for that to be enhanced, in order for the full potential of what is there in terms of that olfactory capacity, which in most beings is deeply homoge- nized, that here we’re dealing with a de- termination of sound and the need for high frequency, high density sound, a digestive system that needs it. How deeply con- nected it is to this density of frequency. And then, this is a heretic that has some- thing that can be universalized, it can smell it, it’s there. And of course, what that means is that when that body is going ―yes‖ or ―no‖ according to its authority, it is being guided by this cognition. And then the dilemma is simply a matter of whether the passenger has the eyes to see or not. We can deliver the body. Oh, can we ever deliver the body; it’s the glory of the knowledge, we can deliver the body. But the mind? That’s another story. But here for the body, this is everything. The 2, 5, 5 The 2—my discussion about breathing; again, I reiterate the important difference between 1st and 2nd tone, between nose-breathers and mouth-breathers. It’s very important to understand the need of 2nd tone beings to take in information through the mouth. It’s absolutely essential for them. It is the only way, in fact, that they can recognize what nobody else can recog- nize. When you think about the 5 and its sensi- tivity and you think about a 5 that can carry the 2nd tone underneath, this is a deeply, deeply sensitive capacity to universalize something that nobody else recognized; again, the advantage of the 2. When we’re looking at the strategic core of what it is to be human, whether you’re looking at the 2nd tone of the personality level or the 2nd tone at the physical design level, it is about how we became the top of the food chain. It is this capacity to be able to be prepared for what one has no experience for. Imagine. It’s built into us. And to recognize, in that sense, because one has this peculiar taste, that one has this ca- --- PAGE 89 --- Lecture Six Fifth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 81 pacity to recognize again what others are not prepared for. And because this is Splenic, it is about survival. It is about protection. The cognition of the 1st tone sets the foundation for the immune system. That is, the stability of the immune system, to be able to deal with what has been dealt with. But it is for the 2nd tone to be able to provide the immune system with its ability to adapt and to adapt to new circumstances and to new dilemmas that may confront it. We need our heretics. We need the universalization of truths, unique truths that each and every one of them is capable of in their correctness. And realize what hap- pens to this being, because the vast majority of the planet is incorrect, there is no connection to this cognition at all; there is only circumstantial regard for their PHS. We live in a noisy society, they may, in fact, through serendipity have fairly decent digestive systems. It does not mean, though, that it operates in terms of the cogni- tion getting through, it does not. If they’re not following their Strategy and Authority they are just stuck in the generic. I know a lot of designs 3/5’s really suffer. The 3, 5, 5 Again, I remind you in this referencing to the left-side body as being active; again, I’m really talking about the activity that is taking place on the inside, not the activity taking place on the outside. In other words, I’m talking about inner functions, neural activity, chemical activity, glandular activity, you name it. This is a highly activated system. Something to recognize about that is that you’re going to have a lot of dysfunction in 3rd tone bodies simply because in order to maintain that high level of inner activity that obviously the right nutrition is some- thing that is an obvious. It’s absolutely necessary; otherwise there are going to be dilemmas. Of course, again, this is one of those situa- tions where if you’re not operating correct- ly, that is, if there is no Strategy and Authority then there are all kinds of possibilities for this on the surface to really emerge as physical problems. So, it’s something to keep in mind about this high level of activity, that it needs to be worked on. Remember something, we’re talking about, in looking at the internal, because this is where our focus has been, the way in which the creative plan, if I can put it that way, is all about creating the potential of higher and higher levels of cognition, ulti- mately what we have as self-reflected consciousness. And it means that this is, be- cause I was trying to give you the idea to stay away from thinking about these bo- dies as being physically active bodies, this can be the kind of being that is generally very, very still, generally speaking very still. But of course, they have all of this --- PAGE 90 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 82 mental activity, chemical activity, whatever level you want to look at, that is really firing on all cylinders on the inside. Again, we see this dilemma of how much energy is necessary in order to maintain human brain function and how important it is that this is not homogenized nutrition, that in fact that this system is supported correctly. If it isn’t supported correctly, then we have a system that is susceptible to breakdown. To breakdown, because it cannot maintain what is its natural activity level. And of course, we end up with whatever the physical by-product of that is going to be. Obviously, we will over time be able to classify these things in terms of how they emerge in the illusion on the surface. But it’s just something to keep in mind. And to stay away from this con- cept that we are dealing with active, physical bodies. You can only see whether a body is active physically by looking at the illusion; that is, the BodyGraph. Then you can tell. You can’t tell any other way. Remember what we’re looking at here. We’re looking at the inside. We’re looking at the way in which the inside works. The hardware and the way in which the hardware needs to function in order to get the highest or the best possible results to the surface. The 4, 5, 5 I have mentioned this as we have gone along that the impact of right-sidedness as a physical dimension for humanity is much less difficult and trying as a process, in terms of its openness or susceptibility to conditioning, as it is the right-sidedness of personality. The right-sidedness of perso- nality is truly at a disadvantage in what is a strategic life and a strategic form prin- ciple that we as humans live out. However, there are obviously differences in the way in which these vehicles are going to operate, and the profoundest dif- ference is the way in which they operate in terms of how it reaches the surface. That is, when we’re dealing with the left side, because it is strategic, when it reaches the surface there is a capacity to focus and to act. Remember that when we were looking at the 3 just previously and look- ing here at the 4, we are dealing with the visual cortex, we are dealing with the ca- pacity to take in visual information, the active side being very focused and of course, the passive side being unfocused. It’s a very different result when you get that to the surface if it’s correct. In other words, the moment you get this to the surface in terms of this kind of heretic, that there is no way that this heretic is going to call anyone unless they ask to be called. It won’t, because it has no agenda. It doesn’t. It doesn’t even know that it carries a universalizing principle because it has no interest in knowing whether it does. This is just hardware at work. And the hardware has no agenda other than to take in. --- PAGE 91 --- Lecture Six Fifth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 83 And you can also see that the activity level in this brain is different. It’s just differ- ent. It is passive and periodic, not active and periodic. Not this racing of all the chemistry that takes place in the active brain system. Here you have this very pas- sive, periodic phase. It’s a very different thing. And obviously, the way in which the eye system itself works, the way the rods, the retina, the whole business, the way in which the mechanics of the eyes operate are very different because the information necessary from the visual plane carries no prejudicial markings. In other words, one thing isn’t more important than the other, the foreground isn’t necessarily more important than the background; there is no place of focus. Of course, we are dealing with a very different kind of determination in that in mov- ing to the right we go to the low frequency. That is, as little density of frequency as possible during eating. This is digestive system that it can be very disturbed by dense levels of sound frequency. You have this awkward combination of the visual in its relationship to sound in this configuration. But the thing to really grasp about the passive body is that it does not mean that it doesn’t have the depth it needs to align its geometry. It certainly does. It just will do it in a different way. The moment we step over to the right, no matter what line we’re looking at, in essence we are looking at a transpersonal phenomenon. Re- member what the right is for. It’s not for us. It just so happens we happen to be in this interregnum vehicle. The right is for raves. It’s a very different thing. Some- thing for us to really grasp is that for the rave what the right represents is the sur- rendering of any potential of self into a larger union, in their case the conscious pen- ta. So there is a deeply transpersonal quality to what it is to be right-sided. Now, we know that from the obvious. That is, because the right is passive and re- ceptive that we know that in order to touch the treasure of the right, that in essence it has to be brought forward. So here is this irony of the 5th line being that is in- tended to call. And yet, to be so clear that for them on the right side there is no call to be initiated because they would not know what to call. It is only when they are met by the ―itness‖ of life, whatever that takes, whatever shape that takes, that they are able out of their reaction to whatever confronts them to be able to establish the call that’s specific to that reaction. It’s their magic. This is a heretic that has many, many calls in it. There are many things that could be universalized because it’s not dependent on the heretic; it’s dependent on the other. So, we end up with these dilemmas, right-sided beings that are lower tri- gram, who are lower profiles, and the dilemma that fulfillment for them is a trans- personal process and on the surface they’re not technically equipped for it. It’s why they need to understand. It’s why the whole process of teaching those that are right-sided has to change in order to accommodate, literally, the way in which things are processed for them. --- PAGE 92 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 84 The 5, 5, 5 Whenever we shift to the 5 and the 6, clearly we are moving into a very special do- main. That is, the Solar Plexus system and its process. I like the cyclical nature of the Solar Plexus because it is an indication of the deep mutative spiral that’s at work here, at least for me. That is, there are so many levels that are there in the Solar Plexus that it seems almost mind-boggling. I begin to understand why science has discovered so much neural activity in the Solar Plexus. I have begun to see how many layers and layers and layers of po- tential of awareness are there. What is there to flower, what is there to flower as the final expression of the awareness trini- ty—the Spleen to the Ajna to the Solar Plexus. Obviously, there are attributes that are associated with this in the hardware that open up very unusual possibilities and here we have one of these magical conti- nuities of resonance. We have the 5, 5, 5 and you can see that here is a heretic that has a deep sensory capacity for the environment. That is, the auric field, the chemi- stry in the environment, this is a feeling being, this is a being that, put it near an au- ra and it catches whatever is there and it has an ability to be able to integrate that, the hardware does, in a way in which there is knowledge or information that’s avail- able if it’s called for, if it’s called for. Here again, you see the transpersonal dilemma. In this particular case, for example, we would have a 3/5; this is not a transpersonal being. This is somebody with per- sonal destiny; this is somebody with a very much absorbed personality in their own process. And yet, everything about the fulfillment for them is going to be their rela- tionship to the other, because it is the other that is going to be able to tap into their resource and in that way they gain their survivability. Remember, that’s always a question for the right—how does it survive. It either pre- tends it’s left and suffers the consequences. Or? Or what? It is not equipped be- cause it is not focused. So there has to be a way in which there is a fair exchange between the left and the right. And of course, what the left carries is a resource of recognition and awareness that the left is simply not capable of, and ultimately that’s where the bargain can be struck. In this case with this heretic, it feels. It has to wait for the other to be there. It has to feel whether it’s correct to call the other. The 6, 5, 5 The 6—we were talking about that earlier about the 6th tone and the quality of touch, how useful it will be for this person if they’re following their PHS to have physical contact with their food, touch their food. It’s very healthy for them to prepare their --- PAGE 93 --- Lecture Six Fifth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 85 own food. In that way through the touch their digestive system is going to get ex- actly the information that it needs. Obviously, in our discussions we know that the nature of this 6th tone when taken to its full potential or the possibilities that are there, it’s quite remarkable what it’s ca- pable of. Again, what are these cognitive senses for? They are ways in which we take in information that ultimately our mind can use and work with, play with, whatever we want to call that. Each of them takes in information. It doesn’t matter by the way if they’re different from each other—one’s a nose, one’s a mouth, one’s this and one’s that—it’s all taking it in, in different ways. And yet, we are only talking about hard- ware. It’s not the way the mind is going to get it. The mind isn’t following the whole body process. It doesn’t know where its particular insight or whatever you want to call it is coming from, it’s just there. It has this intelligence that is given to it. Of course, what mind is, given that it’s not-self, it interprets that within the context of its illusion. But the fact of the matter is that this is the way in which it works. So, it doesn’t matter where you’re working from when you get down to, or get up to, however you want to look at the 6th tone, when you get to this touch, you are talking about touching things and being able to get the information that you need in order to be able to understand something. For me the science fiction of that, you touch a machine and you can take in all its information, you can change it, manipulate it, you can touch a human body and not only take information from it, but put informa- tion into it. There are all kinds of possibility in this. And this certainly is a heretic that if it’s operating correctly would have quite a touch in terms of its physical power of information that it can move through its vehicle when it touches somebody. There are all kinds of possibilities that are there. The sad truth is we live in a world of homogenization. We live in a world where human beings are cut off from their cognition. And the most important cognition they’re cut off from is their body’s intelligence. It’s why Strategy and Authority is so extraordi- nary because it immediately aligns us and allows us to be guided by our body’s intel- ligence. The 6th Line We get to the top of the ladder. Here is, I guess basically the most fascinating place to look if one wants to look is the 6th line. This is the thing that’s so extraordinary about movement. You look at all the tones, the bases, the colors, they don’t change. They don’t evolve. It’s the thing that’s so interesting. They don’t evolve at all. They’re components. And they’re very specific the way they work. You can look at --- PAGE 94 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 86 whatever base, whatever tone, whatever color, these are fixed principles where eve- rything becomes a crapshoot. Where everything becomes possible or not is in the vehicle itself. That is, the illusion, the quantum, life, the personality and design brought together, into something that’s neither, by the monopole. That aligns all of that to some movement in space. It is the movement in space that brings the mutation, where we are all going. And you see, by the time we get to the point of the 6th line, we get to the one aspect in the line structure, which is surface. After all, it is part of the quantum illusion line. Is that it’s there in the 6 that the whole mutative process of transformation exists. When we think about the 6 and we look at it as a hexagram we stop at the top. But when we see it in the wheel, it is the continuum that can move from one completed whatever, to the beginning of something else. It’s quite a transition; the 6/3 as it moves to the 1/3, as an example. It’s in here in this 6th line that the whole mutation is taking place. It’s in the 6th line of the precession of the equinox as we move into the 55.6 in 2027; it is this grand 6th line illusion that carries the mutation. It’s on the surface. It’s what’s so fascinat- ing. And when we look at the 6th line we know that it is mutative because it has a unique principle, that is, the three aspects of the 6th line being’s life: the Saturn cycle, the roof cycle, and the off-the-roof cycle. And these are the true Uranian be- ings. They’re the ones that are carrying the whole mutative process that came into being in 1781 when suddenly we had this nine-centered vehicle with its right-sided potential all driving this mutation. And the role model? You cut the role model off and you kill the future, because the future is about the ability to stand on your own feet. That is what it’s about. It’s not about anything else. I’m trying to remember the reference, I read it in the paper today, something from Tibetan lore or whatever and some 1,000 year period that at the end of that period which is approximately the beginning of this century, somewhere in the first 20, 30 years of this century, that human beings will stop looking outward for authority and find it within. And I thought that was rather beautiful, actually. It’s an interesting piece of history. It is what it’s about. And we’re all dependent on the role model. We’re all depen- dent on the role model as a species in that sense, that is, they’re here to carry the expression of unique authority. But we also know that this is a very vulnerable body. It’s a body that’s vulnerable particularly in its first Saturn cycle. So many 6th line beings, and here the majority would be 4/6’s and we know already that we have the potential of a personality that can be exhausted, can breakdown. We have a de- sign of needing to invest in others. And here you have the trial and error of the first 28 years. Most 4/6’s have physical problems in their first 30 years; all kinds of physical problems can emerge. It is when their vehicle, in fact, is the most sensitive. It is sensitive again when they come off the roof, but not in any way the same way. It’s much more specialized in that sense, the specific sensitivities if they’re not cor- rect. But there is this general vulnerability that is there in the beginning of their process and obviously cognition is something that is deeply valuable to them. In that first --- PAGE 95 --- Lecture Six Fifth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 87 stage they’re not even born yet, they’re not really here yet. Nobody moves into the world slower than a 6th line being, they have to. And a 6th line body isn’t a body that is ever mature until it is well into its 40’s. It’s a body that develops slowly over time. And of course, that can bring its own problems. It’s a very different body that we have here and it’s all carrying this grand mutative program, so there is a lot of pressure that is there as well. And that means that bo- dies that are vulnerable, that are placed under pressure in terms of the larger pro- gram, obviously they are susceptible to problems, what I poetically referred to as the good that die young because on the outside that is one of the aspects of it. The 1, 5, 6 Obviously, cognition is something that is very, very important. And here we’re deal- ing with the 1st tone and again we go back to smell, we go back to the concentrated necessity for security. This is the ability to suss out what one needs to suss out in order to be able to protect oneself. And obviously, this emerges through the strate- gy because it is this cognition that’s going to guide the Strategy and Authority of this role model. We know that determination. But again, remember that determination, following your PHS is not something that you should automatically enter into. It’s something you have to be ready for. If you’re following your Strategy and Au- thority, you gain access to your cognition. PHS, that is, the dietary regimen of PHS, is a refinement process and a much dee- per process in terms of trying to over- come some of the deep conditioning that has been there in the life. But the first step is just to get the cogni- tion through so that this role model has a potential as a leader, has a potential in being able to be a force that is trusted, an example that is going to be a nourishing example to others. And of course, the true example of the 6th line is the ability to be one’s own authority, to be able to function, survive on one’s own. No other configu- ration has this tripartite process of a polarity that is intended to emerge as a synthe- sis. In other words, the subjective, objective duality of the first two stages of the 6th life and then the integration of those two into neither this nor that. It sounds like neti neti, but something like that. But you can’t do any of that without the cognition. It’s the cognition that makes the difference; otherwise the decisions are simply not correct. And there is nothing worse than a homogenized 6 because they are hypocrites and the gods are going to smack them. And that’s what happens to them. This is their tragedy. Hypocrisy is no longer acceptable. --- PAGE 96 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 88 That’s what happened when we entered into the nine-centered being. The 6’s used to have a great ride. They could tell you what to do and not do it, and people would listen. That’s not the world we’re in now, and it puts 6’s under enormous pressure. You have to live what you say, you have to live what you preach, and you have to live those things. And if you don’t, it’s not that you have problems with others, you have problems within yourself. The 2, 5, 6 The 2nd tone, taste, mouth-breather—again, when I say mouth-breather I’m not re- ferring to people hyperventilating all day. Please understand it’s just in those mo- ments of uncertainty, in those moments of decision making, take a breath with your mouth and you’ll get the information you need. You will. It’s so important. Obviously, we are dealing with a gift here. That is, the gift of being prepared for what no one else is prepared for. That means that here you have a role model that truly can set an example. That is, can set an example before, in fact, the example is demanded. That’s kind of cute. This is the trendsetting ca- pacity that is there in the 6. They can be such powerful, powerful influences simply in the way in which they live their lives. We sort of see that in the world today, you have people that try to influence you in terms of what they tell you, what they say, what they want you to do, what they claim you can do, all these kinds of things. And there are people who fascinate you simply because of the way they are. That’s what gets you, the way they are as beings. This is the thing about the role model. The role model is here to stand as a unique force, and you recognize it. You can feel it. It’s the thing about 6’s. It’s why there is so much pressure in their process and it’s why it’s so easy for them to not make it, easy for them to not make it in the sense that one of the dilemmas I see, for example, is how difficult it is for 6th line beings who have had a dysfunctional and deeply homogenized first 30 years, how difficult it is for them to get rid of their pessimism. I’m not speaking of 3/6’s and 6/3’s be- cause obviously that is a component. I’m speaking of 4/6’s and 6/2’s as an example, how difficult it is for them to get rid of that pessimism. And as long as they can’t get rid of that pessimism they still don’t mature into the next stage. Ultimately, these are beings that never get to mature into the metamorphic process that’s there for the 6, they get stuck, because it’s not a guarantee, any of those things. This is a maturing process. And nobody has a longer maturing process than a 6th line being. They’re here to establish the new cycle of maturation, and with all its pitfalls, by the way. It would be very nice if they could enter into that with the --- PAGE 97 --- Lecture Six Fifth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 89 correct cognition. It would be nice for us to have all of these differentiated role models so that we could really see that no matter what you are or who you are that you can make your way on this plane with grace. The 3, 5, 6 To the Ajna, to the visual cortex, to seeing, to the activity of focusing—this is where the deepest activity is, is on the focusing, what to focus on. This is the nature of the strategic mind. Think about human life and the way in which it is conditioned by the strategic. You’re always focused on what you’re going to do, where you’re going to go, who you’re going to meet, what you’re going to have, what you’re going to get rid of, it goes on and on and on and on. There are all these focuses that take place all the time. It’s the strategic process to focus. So, here you have the role model which has hardware that gives it the potential for a deep, deep focusing capacity. And it is this deep focusing capacity that’s going to be the bedrock of its decision making that is going to allow it to operate correctly as a role model. And it doesn’t matter at what phase in its life. I have a piece I recorded today that goes on the radio tomorrow. I’m railing away about children and how unprotected and disregarded they are and how the only heal- ing we’re ever going to have on this plane is when we raise our children correctly. It’s about raising them correctly. There is enormous potential in this being to be a standard bearer of its generation, this very special 6th line generation in this Pluto- nian interregnum and all the potential that’s there in them to be a positive influence for any who will encounter them, because they demonstrate what the future de- mands, that a human being is able to survive by its own authority, that is able to ful- fill its process by its own authority. Without that there is no way of meeting the fu- ture, none. This child properly brought up in this life, brought up in a way in which it learns how to operate as itself, you don’t end up with the traditional dilemma of the homoge- nized 6th line being who has to go through all that terrible suffering in their first 30 years for no reason. It can be the true childhood of the 6th line being. For me, I’ve given you that illustration before of the kangaroo, for me the first 30 years is not even anything near a life for a 6th line being. It’s a deeply extended childhood. And we know something of childhood, the childhood, if you’re lucky enough, can be an extraordinary joy. There is a freedom to learn, there is a freedom to test without the heavy punishment that comes for adults who try and fail. There is a beauty that can be there. There is a life that can be rich with possibilities and --- PAGE 98 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 90 lay the foundation for the successful maturation of this 6th line being. But to live the 3rd line phase, you need to be aware, you need to be intelligent, you need to be cor- rect; otherwise you don’t get all the benefits regardless of what the possibility may be. The 4, 5, 6 Again, remember we’re still dealing with the visual cortex, we’ve just moved to the passive right body. And it means that we’re dealing with a different way in which light is taken into the body. It’s the way information is stored. It’s so interesting just to think about the difference between the 3 and the 4 and the way in which they take in the light and darkness that’s in front of them. The 3 is always looking for a feature. And the 4 isn’t looking for anything, it’s just taking it in, it’s just arriving. And in the magic of what the 4 hardware is about, that what arrives is stored and is available. It’s available. It is a resource. The dilemma for the right is not understanding that they are a resource. It is part of the most important teaching that we can offer those that are right-sided, particularly those that are right-minded, is to under- stand the depth of what they are as a re- source. It’s simply a matter of learning to see that the quality and the depth of themselves as a resource is how they will succeed on this plane. But again, we enter into a transpersonal quality. It is a little differ- ent here as a 4/6, as an example, because even though this is still personal destiny, you have two transpersonal lines that will be in this profile. The moment we move over to right-sidedness we have this transpersonal demand, because everything has to come to them. This role model is not an example until it is made an example. That’s its beauty. That’s truly its beauty. It would never be what anyone would expect. Their perfection arises out of their in- teraction with the other. After all, they’re proto-raves. They’re waiting to give up themselves. They don’t know that and they can’t as humans, but nonetheless it’s there in the right-sidedness. And everything they can be they can only be in rela- tionship to the world that meets them. When you think about Design on the surface, approximately 92% of humanity is here to react or respond or wait or whatever the case may be. So, in a sense, if one is correct and one is right-sided, that if one is waiting as one should, then everything will unfold as it should. It’s just a very different dynamic. We’re used to seeing all of these profiles, all of these attributes only through the lens of the strategic. And obviously, we can’t. We have active role models, we have passive role models. We --- PAGE 99 --- Lecture Six Fifth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 91 will have strategic role models and receptive role models. We will have combina- tions. The 5, 5, 6 This business of sensitivity to the auric field, my assumption is that if you’re a 6th line being who is mutative, and particularly the 6th line body, that there is probably a deeper potential for access of rave qualities than probably any other configuration because it is mutative on the surface and may in fact carry through to the surface. The correctness of this kind of role model, the underlying cognition that is ruling their strategic decisions is being based on a very, very deep and profound collection of information, environmental information from the forces around them, the beings around them, and the environment around them. There is a cognitive capacity that is extremely unusual in this being. I think that because it is a 6th line being and I imagine this is something that would probably emerge in the roof stage of their lives if they’re correct, that this is some- thing that begins to add another quality of depth in terms of their potential as a role model for others. Remember that the 6 is neither for itself nor for the other. There is no other way to describe this. You can neither be for yourself nor can you be for the other. Now, this is off-the–roof stage. You can only be. And for those that are right-sided, that being is going to be interrupted regularly. It will be interrupted by those that want you to help them or answer them, whatever the case may be. There is always going to be the other. It is the beauty of this right-sided that there is no focus on ―I am doing it for me,‖ or ―I am doing it for you,‖ because that’s not the point. The point is, ―I am existing, I am alive,‖ that’s all there is, until the stage is set for something else—the encounter with the other, the ―itness,‖ whatever it is that is the spark that taps into the re- source. The 6, 5, 6 And finally, of course, the 6 and one of those jumping resonances. And we come to this theme of touch, we come to this very, very deep—it’s interesting to think about it. If you think about the 6th color, which is the most sensitive dietary frequency in PHS, you’re dealing with light, which obviously is a very high frequency. Yet, you come to the 6th tone and it seems like you’re going back to the density. Do you know what I mean? In other words, if you compare the 6th tone of touch with the 6th --- PAGE 100 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 92 color of light, it’s hard at first to grasp what is that relationship in terms of that evo- lutionary process. My descriptions to you of trying to get across what this quality of touch actually means; it isn’t what the strategic human being use touch for, the seven-centered being. The opposable thumb changed the world. To be able to touch things, mani- pulate them, work with them, shape them, this is the nature of the seven- centered being and its relationship to touch. It isn’t to say that touch didn’t exist in intimate encounters of one kind or another, but please understand that touch was simply for the strategic value of the manipulation of the environment, what we’re paying a price for today, in that sense, in terms of our environment. No, I’m not talking about that. I’m talk- ing about a touch that is even more sen- sitive than light; in other words, the ability through the tactile to take in information in a way that we are yet to be able to grasp. This is touch that takes in information at such a deep level. It has nothing to do with the surface. It simply pulls data. I don’t have any other way to describe that. Obviously, this is not something that we see yet. But I do know it’s probably the most interesting thing if you’re a 6th line being, is this potential in the 6th line being that is right-sided to have some access to what our potential, much deeper sensory processes for the rave, but at the same time not necessarily something that the 6th line being would be locked away from, it’s possible to have access. But again, it goes back to the basic equations in the mechanics of Design—following your Strategy and Authority. If not, there’s no point. And if you’re following your Strategy and Authority are you transforming the nutrition that your body receives in order to refine your hardware. And if not, you’re certainly not going to get to the higher levels of the cognitive field. And beyond that is the whole question of the personality. But that’s a long story. Ok, nice to share it with you. We’ll keep on moving along our chains and wherever you are you take care. Have an entertaining morning, day, evening, night; until next time, bye for now. ~ --- PAGE 101 --- PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 93 Lecture Seven Sixth Color Chains: Lines 1 and 2 The Relationship between the 1 and the 6 Ok, let us begin our journey into our final color. The realm of light; we’re dealing with a very, very sensitive system. We’re dealing with a very sensitive digestive sys- tem. It’s also perhaps one of the most fascinating areas. It seems to me that I see this in the tones and I see it in the lines and I see it in the colors. That is, the rela- tionship between the 1st and the 6th is always so interesting. It’s like that tradition of whatever you want to call it, the rat and the pig, Pisces and Aries. You know, they’re the furthest apart and the closest together. The 1 and the 6 are furthest apart and the closest together because after the 6 comes the 1 again and the cycle and the spiral of things. It’s interesting, for example, that at the 1st tone you have smell and at the 6th tone you have touch, both of which are very basic and primal and yet, of course, the touch is a spiral up in terms of the way it works cognitively. So, there is a similarity but there isn’t, there is another level, there is another spiral. It is the same thing, in a sense, with color. That is, this sensitivity to the light is like the primitive. When we look at the primitive we look at the caveman/cavewoman diet. We look at the consecutive and the alternating. We’re looking at a very, very primal diet, one thing at a time, very basic, very straightforward. It’s so interesting that when you get to the 6 and you get to the top and you get to the most sensitive of the digestive systems, you also get to something that is deeply, deeply, deeply primitive, something that is a part of our genetic history going all the way back to our very beginnings. If you follow the line of what we are as a specie and you go back far beyond the 4½ or 5 million years that there have been hominids or upright-walking creatures that are similar to us, our ancestral roots. You go back before that, you go back to the very, very, very first mammals on the planet; you go back to the time of the dinosaurs, 65 million years ago when a comet hit the Earth off the shore of Mexico. Alvarez, a great scientist, he proved it through iridium findings all over the planet and it is now well accepted that this was what caused the death of the dominance of the reptiles on the planet. That is, the comet hit the Earth, there was an enormous amount of debris that went up, we had what’s called the nuclear winter. That is, so much debris goes up into the atmosphere that the sun is blocked out for years. The majority cold-blooded reptiles were destroyed by that. That is, they literally were killed off by a lack of heat. --- PAGE 102 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 94 In that era, the very first mammals that operated on ground, they were tiny, rodent- like, sort of, and they were nocturnal. That is, they only came out at night when they had a chance to be able to compete with a reptilian world. And it’s interesting to note that the very first mammals on Earth, and for many, many millions of years, they were only nocturnal. They were only nocturnal until finally when the top of the food chain was destroyed cataclysmically overnight, they finally began to have their chance to emerge into what would be a new environment. That is, the daylight envi- ronment. And of course, that would bring all kinds of mutation and many other things, eventually the diversity we have on this planet. Left Fixing: Daytime Eaters All this leads me back to the light because when we are looking at light and we’re looking at left and right fixing, we are looking at people, who in this case with a left fixing are beings that direct light, natural light, the sunlight is something that is ab- solutely essential to the digestive process. And literally, what this means is that these are daytime eaters. In other words, their correct determination, if you’re di- rect, is that you eat only after the sun rises and before the sun goes down. In other words, that is the time for you to take in food. It is very important for your system that you do not sleep on your food. In other words, this is a very early eating regi- men, a very compacted eating regimen in order to have the benefit of, particularly UV. Ultra-violet light is very, very important to these beings in terms of their diges- tive system. So we have a very unusual configuration. That is, here we have the circumstance in which the light is essential. Right-Fixed: Nocturnal Body We’re going to see that when we go over to the right side and we go over to the pas- sive body that we’re going to get into the nocturnal body. These are nocturnal ea- ters. In other words, these are human beings that are designed to eat after the sun goes down and before the sun comes up. Now, that’s an interesting one because we still maintained it in our tradition. That is, the Jews have a holy day of fasting, which is from sunrise to sunset. The Moslems have the month of fasting known as Rama- dan in which they fast from sunrise to sunset and can only eat after the sun goes down. So, we’ve actually maintained, in some religious areas, the nocturnal habit. Remember that when we’re looking at the 6 colors and we’re looking at them through PHS so we see fixing, we see 12 variations. On our planet of approximately 7 billion people you’re looking at about 550 million per variation. Now, when you think about it in that way, because those are huge numbers, there are about 550 million people who are designed to be nocturnal. They’re designed to be nocturnal eaters. I think most of them live in Spain. But anyway, Spanish do love to eat late. Unfortunately, they eat in the daytime, too. But there’s about 550 million nocturnal eaters, as there are specifically about the same number of daylight eaters. Of course, this is their determination. --- PAGE 103 --- Lecture Seven Sixth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 95 Because I was just recently working with a couple of clients who were both right- fixed with the 6th color, the strategy for them, the dilemma for them, because of course, this is very, very different from what they are used to, what I am getting as an interesting feedback is that they’re surprised that they’re not hungry in the day- light, and that’s interesting. And I think that ultimately the longer they operate with a nocturnal diet, I think that the less the daytime is going to seem like this long pe- riod in which you’re really hungry and you’re waiting for the sun to go down. It will be a very natural thing. So, we’re dealing with a very interesting element here. Here is the most sophisti- cated and sensitive digestive system and it returns us to this interesting dichotomy. If you think about the right side and its relationship to the rave, my assumption is that they will be nocturnal feeders. In other words, I don’t think that they’re going to eat in the daylight, I don’t think that’s the way they’re going to work, because this is one of the directions that this can go in. So, it’s very interesting to speculate about all of this and look at it, but nonetheless, obviously a fascinating determination and a deep sensitivity to the sun. The External Artificial: Very Sensitive to UV Light One of the things that I would recommend, by the way, is that if you have the exter- nal here, you have the natural, if you’re somebody that has the artificial, it’s very clear that your skin is very sensitive to UV light and really, to protect yourself. You’re one of those 550 million people that potentially can do enormous damage to their skin by overexposing it to the light and how important it is to make sure that that is paid attention to. But again, this is specific to the external. Certainly, those that are nocturnal feeders, obviously a lot of direct light isn’t necessarily a good thing for them either. But it is certainly not as dangerous as it would be if your ex- ternal is artificial and you’re hanging out at the beach every day, the likelihood is that you’re going to have problems with your skin. The 1, 6, 1 Ok, so, let’s begin our journey here and of course, we’re back to the beginning, we have our 1st line body. Basically what we’re looking at is the capacity to be able to in- vestigate. The 1st line is always pointing in terms of PHS, to the brain structure. What is the capacity going to be of this body to be able to produce the cognition necessary to be able to provide this investigator with the tools that it needs. After all, every 1st line is insecure; every 1st line is seeking a solid foundation. Every 1st line is in so many ways ignorant of the world beyond it because it is so absorbed in whatever it is it is looking into. --- PAGE 104 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 96 Remember here, because we’re dealing with the internal, we are dealing with this active brain system, so we’re dealing with a very, very concentrated, active brain system that is dependent on the sense of smell. Of course, we’re dealing with a Splenic binary; we’re dealing with a body that can be very insecure if it’s not correct. For example, think about these beings who are intended to eat in the light and only the light and here they are, every day of their lives having their dinner after the sun goes down. What you know about them is that’s going to be much more devastating for them in the long run on their immune system and on their physical heath than it would be for somebody else. In other words, that their immune system is dependent on the capacity of their cognitive sense of smell to be able to give them the determi- nation that’s right for them, to be able to give them the intelligence that their body needs in its investigation. Remember, the investigation is unconscious. It’s not like it’s a conscious aspect. All of this has to be rooted in the Strategy and Authority. And as long as it is rooted in the Strategy and Authority at the design side, then it means that very mechanism that you’re using to make the decision is tapped into the olfactory function. The di- lemma is whether or not this olfactory function is going to be utilized at a minimal level. In other words, a level of dysfunctionality because it’s been homogenized for- ever, or whether it’s going to be enhanced. In other words, there are all kinds of deterioration that are taking place at the olfactory level in terms of this particular being through their life of being not-self. Suddenly entering into things correctly ac- cording to Strategy and Authority certainly gives them the cognition, but it gives li- mited cognition. They could smell a hell of a lot more, they could get a lot more in- formation as a basis upon which they’re investigating. And of course, this is going to be dependent on whether they’re receiving the right nutrition or not in order to be able to enhance and highlight this fundamental cognition of theirs. The 2, 6, 1 The 2nd tone provides the basic strength of the human vehicle to be able to deal with the unexpected, to be able to deal with the unthought-of, unexperienced. It’s an in- credible thing about the capacity of human beings to be able to deal with circumstances and to be able to deal with what happens in the environment—catastrophes and this and that. There is this incredible mechanism in humanity. Obviously, this is somebody whose cognition is rooted in taste. Again, my tonal conversations about the first two tones being related to nose-breathers and mouth-breathers, how important it is for taste beings to be able to take in informa- tion and to be able to take in information with their mouth. --- PAGE 105 --- Lecture Seven Sixth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 97 Again, a classic situation—let’s say this is a Generator investigator and they’re asked a question. At that moment they take a breath. They just take a breath with their mouth. If you take a breath with your mouth in that moment—and by the way, the more you operate correctly, the more that will simply be a natural process—that breath, boy does that take in everything that you need in order to be able to make that decision. But again, there is a limitation to how much information you’re actually taking in. In other words, all of us have sensory equipment that has been underused for a life- time, sensory equipment that has all kinds of cobwebs and grease and blog and gog and whatever. It is a matter of cleaning it up. Again, it’s a helpful hint when you see somebody, for example, that is 2nd tone, to be able to remind them of that 2nd tone body, how important that is, how important it is for this investigator that they take that breath because that breath is going to give them the information they need on what to investigate or whether they have discovered what is a foundation and so forth and so on. This is the only way they’re going to be able to deal with their insecurity. Under- stand something about the 1st line. The 1st line is always insecure until it feels it has mastered something. This is the 1st line. The 1st line is ready to be a teacher, and teachers can only teach what they have mastered, otherwise, you can’t be a good teacher. You always have to know more than your students; you always have to have mastered a certain level to pass it on. And the confidence of the teacher is rooted in that mastery. The confidence of an investigator is rooted in the mastery of their investigation, have they found a foundation. And the only way they’re going to find that foundation is if they’re cognitively correct. By the way, the only way they find that foundation is about moving correctly in their life. It’s all about geometry. This, in the end, the joke, it is about the driver and the vehicle. You make sure that the vehicle is proper- ly maintained and you allow the driver to drive. And the driver will take you precise- ly where you’re going to go. I mean, precisely. And in that, you get the benefits of this life—the great cabal of the design and the monopole, it is a great cabal. The 3, 6, 1 This is the visual cortex, the eyes, the focusing of the eyes; the great gift of what it is to be hu- man. And of course, this is an investigator that is deeply dependent on what they can see. If they’re not-self, you know what you get. You get the deeply, deeply insecure investigator that investigates all the wrong things and never gets security, never investigates what will give it se- curity. It can’t, doesn’t see it, and doesn’t know where to look, doesn’t know where to focus, it’s over here. And to get that over there you have to be correct on the surface so the frequency is --- PAGE 106 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 98 correct, so the color can be properly moved across and received by the monopole without harmonizing so that it is a true frequency. You have to be correct. And obviously, this capacity to be able to see is limited. It’s limited through the by- product of years of homogenization; it waits for the potential of what PHS can do. One of the most interesting, this is this clarity that comes with PHS, this brightening that comes with PHS, if you’re a visual being, this is going to highlight this sense in you, it’s going to bring about a deeper focus. But, you know, it’s always about cor- rectness. The 4, 6, 1 This is the passive body, an investigator that doesn’t know what to investigate, be- cause they just collect information. This is the peripheral absorption, the inner vi- sion, all of it being taken in so deeply, but nothing is focused on. So there is no true solution. Again, to begin to understand the dynamic of how important Strategy and Authority is. When you think about it, the vast majority of human beings and cer- tainly the key members of the human family, which are the Generators and Projec- tors who make up approximately 90% of the human race, that they’re here to re- spond and react. They’re not here to initiate in any way, shape or form; they’re not. And when you look at the right side, the most natural thing to understand about right-sidedness, whether it is right-sided personality or right-sided body, is that the other becomes so important, because only the other can bring focus, because the focus is not here. The right is a resource. Again, it goes back to understanding what the evolutionary movement is, the evolutionary movement is to the rave, to something that is selfless, it is something that gives of itself as a resource to a larger con- sciousness that has no interest in ―I.‖ This is something that is far beyond what we can truly grasp. And yet, as human beings carrying the right side, for us to see that this is not a handicap, the resource is there, but this is an investigator that will find the foundation when somebody is looking for it, because they can find it, because they have it stored. They have what is necessary for their security within them. It’s all a matter of when it comes out because they watch eve- rything. The fact is that we never see these right-sided investigators. We never see them. Look at the PHS, these are beings that the only way their digestive system is going to operate correctly is if they are nocturnal eaters, and they’re not going to be be- cause that’s not the way the world works. And aside from being deeply not-self at the personality level, they are deeply, deeply, deeply not-self at the body level. And they spend their lives trying to find focus, and there is none, nor should there be. --- PAGE 107 --- Lecture Seven Sixth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 99 The 5, 6, 1 I’m a Google addict. I chase down all kinds of scientific stuff because it interests me and it’s useful in my work. I’m following the research into the enteric system and the discoveries that are being made of the depth of neural activity and neural poten- tial that is part of the Solar Plexus. It’s really something so profound. It is so com- plex, and it is so superior in volume of information to the brain itself. They jokingly call it a second brain. I don’t think they get it. In so many ways it’s far superior to what we understand as the Ajna and the way in which the Ajna works as a concep- tualizing awareness system. This is awareness at a level that we can’t quite get our fingers on. And of course, we’re on the PHS side, so we’re not on the interpretive side of this information, we’re on building the infrastructure for it. Think about it in the context of the body; think about this investigator’s body having to deal with an underlying theme of the 5th tone. You have a body that’s sensitive to electromagnetic waves, you have a body that’s sensitive to auras, and you have a body that’s sensitive to alien chemistries. The kind of body that’s sensitive to the fact that two years before somebody had put a varnish on the wood and they can still feel it, that kind of thing; incredibly sensitive in that sense. But it’s not a sensitivity that we would associate with a kind of physical weakness, because of course, in so many ways that’s the way it’s been misinterpreted, is to un- derstand that this body which has this sensitivity, it has the sensitivity in order to interpret what it takes in, not because it is weak, not because it has a problem as a body. Now, we’re so used to the dominance of the active body historically, that was the body of the seven-centered being, we have difficulty with the passive body. And we look upon, for example, this feeling body as being a weak body. I think, for example, that so many so-called allergies are right-sided phenomena. There is sensitivity in these bodies, but the bodies are not nourished correctly and of course it comes to the surface in many different ways. This is a being that has the ability to take from the environment the same kind of information that the Ajna cen- ter is able to coordinate for the mind. This is a level of cognition that is more pro- found than what we understand at the mental level in terms of the information. See, we don’t know that. I have three open motors, I have four open centers, I can feel somebody step into my aura before I am either consciously acoustically aware of them, or I see any- thing, or whatever; I have a sensitivity to aura. I’ve been watching aura all my life. But I don’t know what it means. Unless it’s somebody who is very emotional and very pissed, which would say, I would immediately get the vibe, I would get the au- ric feeling because of my open emotional system. Or if somebody has a really cranked up sacral. --- PAGE 108 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 100 But again, that’s not really what I’m talking about. This isn’t what the possibility of the 5 is. That’s like the child that can’t read or write. I’m a neophyte in all of that. This is a capacity to take in the information, coordinate the information in detail. And of course, it’s done without any focus. It’s just this open, taking in. And yet, the moment that investigator is approached, the moment that investigator has a moment in which according to their Strategy and Authority they can make a decision, the decision is going to be based on that information that they have taken in through their feeling system. But for these beings, particularly the right side, without psychological work and PHS, it’s very, very, very, very rare that anyone can tap into this resource. The 6, 6, 1 If the 5 is sensitive, the 6 is extraordinary. I was mentioning earlier this spiraling of the relationship of the 1 and the 6, how each 6 becomes the next 1 and so forth and so on. And this theme of touch, that it seems so basic, it seems so primary and yet, this is touch that has really gone up a spiral, because this is not about recognizing surface details or temperature. It’s about taking in huge amounts of information through touch. For this being, for this investigator, the nocturnal eater, when they’re correct, when they’re operating out their Strategy and Authority, when life presents itself, it’s all the information they have taken in through the tactile tells them everything. You walk into a room, you’re one of these beings, you walk into a room and there’s somebody in the room that you’re going to talk to because you have to talk to them, and as you walk up to them, you touch them or you put out your hand or whatever, you take in everything, everything you need to know. And in terms of what the rave will be able to do with this, I don’t even want to think about it, because the detail smacks of science fiction. But you see, for these human beings, for these bodies to operate correctly, this is quite something because it means that they need to reassess clearly their approach in life. To understand that without their Strategy and Authority, that they’re not going to be able to work things out. They’re not going to find that security that they need in this life, they’re not going to find that because they’re not going to be able to go in the right direction. And they can only go in the right direction because they touch their way through that, it is where they get the information they need. And of course, they need to enhance that; they need to go beyond surface detail, the homogenized touch. They need to climb the spiral. You climb the spiral with PHS; --- PAGE 109 --- Lecture Seven Sixth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 101 but oh, what a difficult journey for this group, this indirect group, the nocturnal ea- ters. It’s interesting. As I said, I’m beginning to meet them and work with them. It is very curious. The 2nd Line We come to the hermit body. Remember something about the hermit body; I’ve talked about it a lot. The hermit body basically needs to protect itself. It does, so it builds up a barrier around itself. Yet, at the same time it can never build a complete barrier; never. There is always some way in and out, always. There is always the Achilles’ heel. In other words, there is always that place where they can be trans- formed or destroyed, there’s always this place. Of course, this is the whole theme for the hermit. The whole theme for the hermit is what is the right call, how do I get the right call. Obviously, if we go to the active body over here and we go to the olfactory system and the sense of smell, we know that this is a hermit that is going to be able to protect itself and to be able to smell out that possibility, whatever that possibility happens to be, that possibility that comes their way, that call that can come their way. And if they’re operating correct- ly according to their Strategy and Authority, they’ve been taken in their movement to that place. And when the opportunity comes for them to make that decision with their authority, they have the intelligence that they need. This is what it’s all about. The 1, 6, 2 And of course, we’re back to the daytime eaters, the sunlight eaters. My partner is a 6 and is a direct person. We have our last meal in the house at 4:30 in the afternoon, our main meal for the day. It’s made a huge difference for her. It is a wonderful thing to be able to just know what is cor- rect for you because there are so many mi- nor things that we deal with day-to-day with our bodies that can be eliminated by simply having the right determination; and obviously, for this hermit to be able to get the right call, after all. The 2, 6, 2 We’re back to the mouth-breathers, as the 1 is the nose-breathers, the same dilem- ma for the hermit. And here you can really see in this jumping resonance, if you will, here you can really see the hermit’s discernment in the first place. They’re waiting for the call. This is their taste, this is their discernment. These are the be- ings, if you go down to the 2nd tone you get to the basic discernment of people that are going to be very, very fixed in that sense on the taste. And here you end up --- PAGE 110 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 102 with this—it is so narrow, in a way, that’s what taste is. Taste isn’t about that I’m going to explore everything. Actually, taste is about specifically looking for some- thing that hasn’t been tasted before. And it is about the ability to be able to discern at a very basic level this yes, that no, through the mouth. So here is this hermit and they have their Achilles’ heel. And their Achilles’ heel is that if they’re not correct they don’t know what call to answer, they don’t. And this is unconscious; after all, it is the design. There is nothing helping here. They just, ―Oh, I have to answer the call, so let’s try this one,‖ because they don’t know, they can’t suss it out; they can’t discern whether it’s the right call or whether the barrier should stay up. The 3, 6, 2 I like this whole story about the eyes. When we think about the nose, the mouth and the Spleen, and we think about the eyes as being the great dividing ground, here is the shifting place. In fact, here is the mutation place. This is where we move from the left to the right is in the Ajna binary. It is here that we have this transformation and it takes place within the visual cortex itself. It is the visual cor- tex that, in essence, is going to be so different in the rave. It’s obvious in seeing this place here in this movement. When we’re looking at the 3, obviously, we are looking at the theme of outer vision. That is, we are looking at the eye itself, and the way the eyes work. That is, the way the eyes work for the left. We don’t see a lot, those of us on the left, but what we do see we see in detail. That’s us; that’s left-sidedness. And you can see the way in which this vis- ual cortex works; that is, it’s like a search light. It is looking for something. Even if it doesn’t know what it’s looking for it’s looking for something. It can never help but look for something. The active prin- ciple, a busy, busy brain system, a busy visual cortex, it’s looking and looking and looking and looking, but it’s looking for something. That’s the left. It wouldn’t just look to look. It reminds me of a wonderful story. I was in Toronto, Canada and I was visiting one of my sisters. Night had fallen and I went over to the window; she lived in one of these high-rise aura boxes, somewhere on the 22nd or 23rd floor. I look out the win- --- PAGE 111 --- Lecture Seven Sixth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 103 dow, it was wintertime, I think in November; Canada in the cold. The sky was really crisp. There was this absolutely incredible full moon. It’s so rare to see the moon and stars over a big city in Toronto; it’s huge city. It was a huge full moon. I very excitedly called to my sister and said, ―Come here take a look at this.‖ She comes over to the window and looks out the window and said, ―What are you looking at?‖ She happens to be personality right. It was classic, classic difference between what is left and what is right. I look out the window and I immediately focus on something. I focus on the moon—wow, do you see the moon; I don’t see anything else. I don’t. And if I see something else it’s because I moved away from one focus and I’m honed in on another. The right comes to the window, opens up the window, and takes in the whole thing. It takes in nothing specifically; nothing stands out. But the next day, if somebody had said to her, ―Did you see the full moon last night?‖ ―Oh, yeah, wasn’t it beauti- ful. I loved the way it hung over the…‖ because that’s the way they are. How differ- ent that is from the focused eye. How blind in a way it is, the horse with blinders on. And this hermit, boy is this hermit dependent on its focus. But you can see the di- lemma of the focusing eye. What if you don’t know what to focus on? Boy, are you screwed; you don’t see anything else. Nothing; you just see the thing that you think you should be looking at, which isn’t the thing you should be looking at, which means you don’t see the thing that hits you. And this hermit needs to see. And you can see this combination; to be able to see and have direct as your 6th color light determination, to see in the light. This is somebody that’s here to take full advantage of the information on the visual plane. But they have to be correct. Otherwise, they’re not going to gain access to that. And if they don’t see, they’re going to enter into things that go wrong, they’re going to enter into things that embarrass them and humiliate them because they end up being the paper tigers they could be. Oh, not nice to be exposed, to have everybody see your Achilles’ heel. The 4, 6, 2 The mutation in the eye, and this beautiful relationship in this transition between inner vision and the indirect determination; inner vision you eat with your eyes closed. And there you are in indirect, eating when the sun goes down, protected from the UV pow- er of the daylight, nowhere creeping in; per- fect. And of course, this is this inner vision that in fact is a deeply, deeply peripheral visual cor- tex, freed from the tension of focus, simply open and peripheral in the way in which it operates, taking in tremendous amounts of visual information. And this hermit, --- PAGE 112 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 104 when the call comes, whatever call is there, they’re prepared, because they have the inner vision, they will have the cognitive potential to be able to decide according to their authority what is correct for them; but as I said, how rare it is that those hu- man beings that are designed to be nocturnal are actually living their nocturnal life. It’s probably where all the old vampire stories come from. The 5, 6, 2 Cognition: I love this word. I like the ―cog‖ in cognition, this gears and wheels. It’s a mechanical thing, after all. Here we’re just looking at hardware. We’re just look- ing at building and refining a brain system so that it can operate in a specific way to benefit the whole. This feeling, how deep that is, how profound that could be. Yet, the deep limitation on these particular be- ings because they are caught with what is a very difficult regimen. And because they are right in a left world, or at least in a left illusion of a world, how deeply homogenized and conditioned they are. These are hermits that when they answer the wrong calls, how painful it is for them. Oh, do they ever feel that; and how vulner- able these bodies are, because these bodies are vulnerable. The very thing that gives them their gift of being so sensitive can be a problem if they’re not correct. Those very sensitivities can end up with being all kinds of physical problems because they’re not getting the nutrition they need in or- der to maintain their well-being despite their sensitivity. They have protection. This is a mirror of the immune system; there is a protection there. But it’s dependent on the nutrition. When you’re on the right, particularly the right body, the PHS is something that is so important. To be able to give these new senses a chance to actually work, to actual- ly provide you within the infrastructure with a new potential, a new cognitive poten- tial that’s going to benefit this hermit and its process. And it will, but what a task to get there. It is so obvious to me at this point that PHS is revolutionary, and yet, the stages that one has to go through to be on the fractal line, to meet Human Design, to be in the geometry that drives you further along that process, that gets you to the point that you experiment with your Strategy and Authority, that you have the time to be able to see clearly that this is of value to you in your life, and then, perhaps. It’s quite a process when we’re dealing with adults, when we’re dealing with already conditioned beings. It’s why I keep on saying, babies, babies, babies, this is for babies. This is so that they don’t have to have a homogenized diet when they come into the world and that they don’t have to have neural shutdown at three. So they can gain access to the full potential of their sensory capacity, that they can express the profound beauty of what is their uniqueness; such a journey for those that are conditioned. --- PAGE 113 --- Lecture Seven Sixth Color, Lines 1 & 2 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 105 I look at myself and I count myself lucky, it is part and parcel of what I do, that I am left-sided in both personality and design, that I’m a deeply strategic active being, that I am totally at home in the survival mechanism of the planet. I look at the right and I think, my goodness, what suffering is there because of the depth of the condi- tioning, and how tragic, because that’s the only word I can think of, that such an in- credible resource is not something that we get to tap into, is not something that these beings get to live out and is the privilege of their design. There is extraordi- nary potential here. But you have to get an adult through those layers of condition- ing. And on the right side, with these Solar Plexus processes, you have to be in the PHS in order to gain access to that. The 6, 6, 2 The 6 is the most sophisticated, this tactile. Again, we have people who are being born who carry this tone who can be great healers, learners. They’re the kinds of beings that can do things through the tactile, through touch. It’s hard to imagine. And the information they can take in, not simply from the animate, but from the in- animate. There’s an extraordinary poten- tial in this touch. It’s a hidden jewel. For me, these Solar Plexus tones are like, wow, would I like to see what that’s like because it’s so profound. And again, it’s deeply, deeply buried. In humans it is stuffed deep underneath the heavy, heavy motor wave of the system. It hasn’t come to the surface yet, it can’t come to the surface yet, it’s not time. And its potential, its full potential within the context of rave is something that is far beyond anything that we will ever be able to achieve as humans. But it doesn’t mean we have to settle for these beings to be homogenized. We don’t have to settle for the fact that they will never gain, because they can gain access to levels of this cognitive capacity. Commitment and Attention to Strategy and Authority But it takes the commitment and the attention. It takes the commitment to the sur- face, to the Strategy and Authority. It takes a very, very profound commitment to enter into a nocturnal diet in this day and age; it just does. PHS has deep social ra- mifications; it simply does. It can be very disturbing to one’s sense of normalcy in terms of the way in which one is used to conducting one’s social eating process. It’s the way you can see how the program has just locked us in, in our homogenized eating program, in our homogenized diets, in our homogenized timings in the way in which the formulas are for feeding children. Every time I see now a picture of a ba- --- PAGE 114 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 106 by taking milk from its mother I think, ―Oh, my God, I hope it’s not 3rd color cold.‖ Because just the thought of that is like, wow. What we do to our young; what was done to us. No blame; no fault; no choice; wrong time; what to do, but still, wow. How quickly we all were homogenized, how quickly, how seductively through food. This is the thing that changes the life. It’s clear to me. I’ve done what I can in the sense of laying out the knowledge, and you wait and you see whether human intelli- gence can make a leap beyond human intelligence; can it be aware? Can the perso- nality disengage itself from the illusion of its mind? Can it? And I understand so profoundly that this is about the body. The mind can only do what the body pro- vides. My mind is only as good as my brain; no more, no less. This is the way it is. This is the beauty of PHS, because I think that in the end it is the root of the deepest trans- formation for human. That is, the transformation in their reflected consciousness, where they lived their lives. But it’s your vehicle that has to provide that for you; nothing else; this extraordinary temple that provides us with this fantastic possibility. It is the blessing of mechanics that we can see how each unique form needs to be treated. It’s not complex. There is nothing about the mechanics of the maia that is complex. It is based on simple, mechanical laws, and through that, projected through logic. It’s just a mechanical thing. Here’s a human being that should only eat when the sun’s down. It’s not a huge concept. It’s a very simple thing, actually. Just like saying to somebody, hey, look, you’re here to respond. It’s simple. The truth is very beautiful in its simplicity. It is the discipline and attention to live it, ah, that’s something else. But this is our challenge. Our challenge is not the left. Human Design provides the left with the most valuable strategic information, the left recognizes it. No, it’s the right. They don’t know who they are. They don’t know their place. And this knowledge can pro- vide that for them; can give them a foundation on this plane and a way in which they can enjoy the pleasure of fulfilling their potential. Yeah, it’s quite a journey. Anyway, that’s it for today. It’s always nice to share the chains with you. We’re coming slowly but surely to the end of this process, but I must say that it’s a very rewarding one. And it’s something to consider about this relationship between 1’s and 6’s. I think that’s always something to ponder. If you want to see the way the spiral works, it’s a wonderful way to look at them whether it’s tone or color or line, whatever it happens to be. You can’t do that with base by the way, but then again bases are unusual. Anyway, until next week, all of you, you take care, be correct, bye for now. ~ --- PAGE 115 --- PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 107 Lecture Eight Sixth Color Chains: Lines 3 and 4 The 3rd Line We have our story to begin, and obviously we begin with the continuation of our 6th color and we’re in the 3rd line frame. And again, it’s something to recognize about the 3rd line body, the 3rd line design body, it’s a body that demands resiliency. Resi- liency is not just simply a matter that you can keep on being hit over the head and you keep on getting up. Resiliency is about only getting hit over the head by those things that will allow you to get back up on your feet, that’s what resiliency is. In other words, there is an essential cognition that lies underneath, that is absolutely necessary. It’s one of the great dilemmas of the 3rd line in terms of the 3rd line un- conscious. That is, because it is unconscious, because there is no conscious access to it, that the dilemmas of trial and error, that the problems of what that can bring, that the personality isn’t connected to that at all. And of course, it’s only the vehicle that can make the right decision; it’s only the vehicle that can provide the cognition necessary so that this body can maintain its vitality. The 1, 6, 3 And it’s all rooted in this case at the beginning of the chain, it’s all rooted in the 1st tone, and it’s rooted in this deep, deep potential of the olfactory of brain, an active brain after all. This is an active brain system, very concentrated and focused on dealing with the security issues of life. This is a brain that is well equipped to protect the immune system. And of course, this is going to be essential for this 3rd line body because this 3rd line body is going to be in a lot of trouble if it doesn’t have the cognition. In other words, its resiliency is going to be tested. It’s why we have the not-self variation of the 3rd line and we call it the martyr. It is the martyr because it is endlessly suffering. And it is endlessly suffering for its mistakes. And it’s suffering for its mistakes because it isn’t connected to the vehicle’s conscious- ness, that it is not being guided by the vehicle’s intelligence and all you need to do that is follow your Strategy and Authority, period. Follow your Strategy and Authori- --- PAGE 116 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 108 ty and the cognition moves through. And in the cognition moving through, this un- conscious 3rd line can make a correct decision about what thing to bang its head into. To be able to recognize the discovery, all of the things that are possible. Here is the brain set that provides it, but you have to get access to it. It’s why the first step for anybody entering into Human Design, always the same thing, Strategy and Authori- ty, it’s the only way. And of course, obviously we have the nuance of it being the 6th color and we’re dealing with the theme of light, and here we’re dealing with the de- termination of direct light remembering that it is being tonally fixed by the left side. Again, I want you to understand that this is a PHS in which one eats fundamentally when the sun is up. That is, one eats in the light. It doesn’t really matter whether the light is even touching your body, quite frankly, because the light permeates the environment. But it is essential for you to eat while the sun is up. One of the most important ingredients for your digestive system is particularly the ultraviolet light. It doesn’t mean, by the way, that you’re intended to go outside and bake yourself in the sun every day, nor are you intended to go outside and sit in the sun and broil while you’re eating something. That’s not what this is about. It doesn’t demand that kind of brutal burning of the sun. It is simply about recognizing that eating in the daylight is essential and the earlier one stops eating, the better it is for one’s digestive system. These are people that have a hard time sleeping on their dinner. And these are people that under normal dinner time from culture to culture anywhere from 6 pm to 11 pm, people through- out the world have their dinner. If you are a daylight person, this is not for you. You’re not equipped to go to sleep on your digestive process. And it is the greatest advantage, in fact, of eating in the light, the daytime eater, that the final meal of the day is long before one finally goes to sleep and therefore one has a totally different process and one wakes up with a very different energy. Strategy and Authority gives you access to the tonal cognition underneath. PHS can refine it, can enhance it. And of course, something that is of enormous value, if you think about the by-product of that, is a brain that is enhanced for the benefit of whatever the potential of your self-reflected consciousness happens to be. The 2, 6, 3 The left tone and taste—again, this unusual brain, this brain that is able to be prepared for what it cannot know what to be prepared for. It is the magic of what the left brain is. It is the thing that gives humanity its great power in terms of its ability to dominate the food chain. This is the gift of being able to handle mutation. This is the gift of being able to protect us from those things that are unknown, and that sur- prise us. It’s a very special kind of brain poten- tial. And obviously, for this particular 3rd line --- PAGE 117 --- Lecture Eight Sixth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 109 vehicle, this is a vehicle whose resiliency is going to be based on this. And remember, 1st tone people are nose-breathers and 2nd tone people are mouth- breathers. How important it is for this martyr to take a deep breath before they do anything. And yet, to understand the beauty of this, that if you’re operating accord- ing to your Strategy and Authority, that capacity comes through. It is what makes your decision possible in Strategy and Authority. And it will guide you. It will align you in your movement in space; it will eliminate the resistance. It will set up the opportunity for your personality and your mind to be able to see, because you’ll be in the right place at the right time with the right health. This is the goal. We know that, because we were homogenized from the moment we came into the world and because we were all subject to neural shutdown, that PHS for the condi- tioned adult is something that is a very incremental cleansing process, being able to clean out all of what’s possible in terms of being able to gain access to all the poten- tial that still remains. Remember that after the neural shutdown at three, it doesn’t really stop. That is, there are certain neural tracks afterwards that close down but don’t shut off; one can gain access to them. Anyone who has experimented with psychotropics, or hallucinogenic substances knows that you can break through certain layers of the neural configuration. You can’t go beyond what the neural shutdown locked us out from. But there’s a huge gap in between, what we use and what we have a potential to access; all of that is about brain function and nutrition and digestion and color. For this being to eat in the light, it will make an enormous difference in the way in which their decision mak- ing process is going to work, the clarity, let alone the well-being it brings to the body, the clarity that it provides the mind in terms of what the brain can provide. The 3, 6, 3 Everything about the active brain system, this remarkable capacity of our brain to put so much energy into focus, because that’s what outer vision is all about. It’s all this energy being put into focus. So much focus that sometimes it can be painful. That is, the brain that can’t let go of that focus, locked into that focus, there is this deep fo- cusing. But remember what binary vision brings to us because after all we’re again talking about the visual cortex. It’s not just simply that binary vision brings us this three- dimensional world that we look out on. But because it brings us a three-dimensional world in which we focus, it means that it brings us literally strategic vision. We can see things in relationship to other things. We can begin to measure, we can begin to calculate, and we can begin to plan. It is this gift of outer vision that created the great hunter, us, nothing like it. --- PAGE 118 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 110 No matter what it’s hunting, by the way, we all hunt. It is part of what it is for stra- tegic survival. We just give it different names today, but we are all on the hunt for whatever—food, sex, money, you name it. The hunt is always there, it’s always a part of our focusing within the context of the background and the strategy of how we succeed. This brain is the epitome of human. This is the visual human brain at work. And of course, it gives a focus and a level of potential to the martyr’s discovery that’s in- credible. Because it can focus in a way that others cannot, this honing in. And when you put together outer vision and the visual cortex with somebody whose PHS is light, you can begin to see that this is a very, very special visual being. The benefits of that capacity, Strategy and Authority, brings the cognition to the sur- face. But the perfection of it, the honing of that focus is a matter of the PHS. But think about the gift, and think about the way it works in the holistic view of the whole person who has this as an unconscious structure. Their personality has been taught to follow Strategy and Authority. So they experiment with it and immediately get this cognitive value. Now they’re making decisions in a way that they never could with their mind. They’re making decisions based on information their mind never had access to before. And it’s not so much that it’s always different; it’s not about difference. It’s about depth of recognition, acuteness of cognition. This is a brain that sets up all the poss- ible strategic focus information that this martyr’s personality is ever going to need, to hear its body go ―uh-huh‖ and know that it was the outer vision that guided that. It’s all about cognition; everything is about cognition. And it’s not just about the way in which we live with it at the personality level where we have this romance with mind and this is how we understand intelligence, but this is only an aspect of intelli- gence. This deeper intelligence that runs the zillions of things that go on in a biolog- ical form every moment, all those muscles and cells and organs and glands and neu- rons, it goes on and on and on and on. What an incredible machine. And this is no robot. This is alive and conscious. And it doesn’t need a passenger to tell it how to run its business, because the pas- senger doesn’t know. And the passenger has never had access to this cognition, to the body’s knowledge, to the body’s intelligence. You want to know where to go in life, this is what decision making is, isn’t it, where to go. Well, you don’t ask your personality. It’s the vehicle and the driver. It’s like understanding the difference—it’s like threes, three’s a crowd. It’s what makes marriages with only one child so potentially rocky, because three’s a crowd, because you can only look one person in the eye at a time. It’s just there. I’m always talking about how the personality has a raw deal, that it’s the outsider that is dragged in after the design and monopole build the vehicle. Well, you can see that relationship in the way in which tone and color operate, because on the design side tone fixes the color and when you go into Strategy and Authority you imme- --- PAGE 119 --- Lecture Eight Sixth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 111 diately get the cognition. On the design side the tonal architecture gets to go through in pure resonance and is received by the magnetic monopole. But the personality crystal, even if you’re operating correctly according to your Strategy and Authority, the personality crystal can still be in transference because color is not fixed by the tone underneath on the personality level. It’s a fix, the game. It’s all about design and monopole. It was that way when you were con- ceived; it is truly that way in the way you live. And so, if you’re going to make a de- cision about what road to take in this life, if you’re this martyr waiting to make its unconscious decision you better trust your body and its intelligence, this outer vision, this ability truly to be able to focus and see in the light exactly what to say yea or nay to, exactly. The 4, 6, 3 When we go over to the passive brain we have a different system. And again, pas- sive does not mean weak, does not mean slow, it is only passive in the sense that it is deeply absorbing. It is not trying to focus anything. It is simply trying to grasp as much as it can; that’s really the quality of this passive. It’s a very different kind of brain system. It is a transition that takes place in the vis- ual cortex. And it is this transition between the focusing of the eye and the opening up to full retinal vision. It’s so different. All the energy that it takes to focus, because in order to focus you have to scan, you scan and you scan and you scan in order to create the dynamic, and then you focus within the scan. And here you just take it in. It is a totally different level of activity in the brain. Here you have the active brain ac- tivity—buzz, buzz, buzz, buzz, buzz, the moving visual eyes looking all over the place, checking everything out, framing everything, scanning it all in, doing its focus, building its strategy, busy, busy, busy, busy. Passive, eyes open, world coming in. So don’t think of passive as a negative to active. As a matter of fact, you can think of active as a negative to passive. Leave them alone, don’t moralize them, they’re different. So here we step into the passive and we step into this inner vision. And the moment you step over to the right side you have to acknowledge right away that regardless of whether you’re going to be dealing, as in this case, with a right angle or a left an- gle or a juxtaposition or this profile or that profile or this design or that design, that only the social dynamic in their life is going to bring them the rewards and recogni- tion that they need. In other words, the right-sided vehicle needs other vehicles in its life. It needs them. --- PAGE 120 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 112 Again, this is the dynamic ultimately of understanding where the right side goes evo- lutionarily. It goes into a system where quite literally one gives up self and simply acts as resource to something greater. So to some degree, humans who are right- sided are ready to give up aspects of self—they don’t focus—but at the same time they do so to be integrated into another principle. And that other principle is embo- died by the other. So, only the other can bring out the true quality of the right, so there is always going to be a social dynamic. It is the advantage of understanding in Human Design, including Manifestors, that everything is about waiting, because we are not here to create, we are here to recreate, this is the mental world. It’s all just happening to us, no matter how we perceive it. So this is a different martyr, one we don’t know. This is a martyr that in waiting to be banged into, is at its greatest advantage. If it’s cognitive, it can handle whatever comes its way. As a body it will have the vitality it needs. And by waiting for what comes to it, it will be able to perform because it is a resource; stored in that brain is all the information necessary for this martyr to make the right decisions when they come to it. Because the right is so open to homogenization and conditioning, again how impor- tant the PHS is and of course we have this transition now, we have the nocturnal. They’re night eaters. They’re really night eaters, and as I said, how important it is for them to sleep on their food. It’s sort of like converting to—I shouldn’t say this, I’m bad—Islam, Ramadan, 40 days of no eating from sunrise to sunset. There are all kinds of religions that have this as their form of fasting. But as I said, the nocturnal, because it is the 6th color and it is the right of the 6, we’re at the top of the spiral. This is essential for their transformation as beings, es- sential. And of course what we’re going to see that as nocturnal beings they are going to have heightened functions relative to the night. It’s only since 1987 that humanity had a planning book, a manual, we have a manual. There is wonder in here that’s waiting. But the way these beings operate now trying to compensate, trying to be strategic, ending up damaging their bodies, losing the resiliency that is there by their very nature, eating in the daylight, that it seems so common and ra- tional, with the only blessing is that their last meal of the day us usually after the sun goes down. It’s not easy. The 5, 6, 3 It’s one of the things that I understand so deeply about PHS is that you have to be ready. You have to be deep in your mechanics of operating correctly, trusting in that, living that without it no longer being an experiment, it just simply becomes your life because this is a great challenge. Not simply to the social dynamic of your life, but it provides real challenges whether you’re a 1st color with such a rigid diet, or the 2nd color having to deal with repetition, or the 3rd color in giving up things that are warm, it goes on and on and on, all the things that are there that are deep chal- lenges. --- PAGE 121 --- Lecture Eight Sixth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 113 And yet, at the same time, the reward is the cognition. This is a deep, deep cogni- tive power to really take in information in a broad, sensitive spectrum of aura and fre- quency. This is a martyr with an unusual gift of being able to read things. And all of that is going to be there in the brain as a potential for its mind. It’s going to be there in the brain as an instrument for its strategy to operate on the physical plane. How important it is to cleanse that sys- tem, to offer it the best possible nutrition that it can receive. The 6, 6, 3 You’re talking about extreme sensitivity, obviously. You’re talking about 6th tone which is so purely rave it’s hard to understand in the context of a human carrying it, what the potential is of the touch, what the potential is in the sensitivity of the tac- tile, the dilemmas of the skin of these people. I would imagine they have real skin problems, amongst many, many other things, mostly because of eating in the light. This is something that is very, very unhealthy for them. But the fact that they have this tone underneath would be an indication that they’re even going to be more sensi- tive in this sense, and these are probably people who are deeply sensitive to UV light, that it may be particularly unhealthy for them, skin cancers and things like that. Yet, the vast majority, they’re lost in that, what to do. We cannot heal them all. It’s a rite of passage, PHS, it’s not a panacea. It’s a rite of passage. You have to trans- form the way in which your life operates, that’s Strategy and Authority, before you can meet this kind of a challenge. It’s one of the things that I want all of you as pro- fessionals to really appreciate the privilege it is, because it is a privilege. It’s a privi- lege that comes because one earns it, and one earns it through operating correctly. It sets the platform for all of this. It is a way step-by-step-by-step that we finally fulfill all of the potential lessons that the mechanics reveal, so that we offer ourselves as a gift. We offer ourselves the best that we can. Take the best shot you can at the full potential of being unique, the blessing that that brings. The 4th Line Remember 4th line bodies are subject to fatigue, always subject to fatigue. And that means that these are brains that get tired, these are organs that get tired. I want you to understand that in a very deep way; I’m not just talking about the surface, --- PAGE 122 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 114 this is underneath. And to understand that the fatigue is the greatest risk that this body runs, which means that it needs to know how to operate. And of course, as a 4th line we know that on the surface that its thematic in life is its integration or its networking with other forces, all of that is an investment of energy. And all of that is not simply an investment of energy, but to begin with an alignment to a specific direction. If that direction is guided by the mind you know that we’re going to have a dilemma. And that dilemma is the homogenization of the vehicle. Without the cognition, this is a vehicle in which it can have organ collapse, it can have artery collapse. It can really have fatigue in a deep, deep sense. So, it is so important, obviously, for these beings to be able to invest their energy correctly, and that means direction and direction goes back to authority and strategy because it’s the only way to align the vehicle to what’s correct. The 1, 6, 4 And here when we begin at the very start again, back to the 1st tone, we’re back to the active brain, we’re back to the concentrated immune system, the need for secu- rity, after all. The security is derived through the knowledge gained from the sense of smell, it’s the smell that determines whether things are ok or not. And how is this 4th line being going to be able to discern who is right or not, what direction is right or not to invest in, without the advantage of this cognition. They’re not. And of course, we’re back on the left so we’re back in the determination that is di- rect light, daytime eating. I live with that in my personal life because my partner is a 6th direct and we have our main meal of the day at 4:30 in the afternoon. Of course, for me I’m a circumstance being, I’m 4th color, so it doesn’t really make a difference as long as everything is calm. It’s very interesting to have that process. I don’t eat after 4:30 until the following morning; it’s very interesting. I’m not hungry, it doesn’t disturb me. It’s just interesting to go along for the ride. But it’s made a huge difference for my partner. It’s simply one of those things to understand about dealing with the light, dealing with the 6th color. You cannot imagine how sensitive this is, how sensitive a digestive system this is. You can’t fool around with this. There is truly very little wiggle room. As I said, upper colors do represent in the evolutionary sense a change in the tech- nological potentials that actually starts with the 3rd color with the heating and freez- ing of things. Technology can help. That is, UV protective screens are something that certainly can be a benefit to those, for example, who are nocturnal and want to eat in the daylight. There are UV lamps that could be used by somebody eating at night who is direct. It is not everything and not the answer. --- PAGE 123 --- Lecture Eight Sixth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 115 Again, it goes back to the basic approach and the basic understanding. That is, it is clear to me that if you give your body what is correct for it, it’s not going to punish you. I think that has to be established as some kind of basic law to understand. The mind will always have dilemmas with things. And I think that the daytime nocturnal eating is one of those aspects in PHS, and certainly not the only one, as I said there are others, in which the personality may have dilemmas. The personality may get stuck in the potential absurdity of it all. But nonetheless when you’re ready for it and you enter into it correctly, it simply becomes what you are, it doesn’t become something you have to be. This is not a diet that you’re doing for philosophical rea- sons. It is a mechanical technique. It is based on simply the way in which you’re intended to operate. So, again, for this opportunist, yes, Strategy and Authority will give it the sense of smell that it needs to be able to suss out its security to know who to invest in and who not to invest in. But this is so important for enhancing this quality. The 2, 6, 4 Again, we are on the active side, we’re on the left and we’re dealing with taste. Again, this movement from the nose-breathers that we’ve just been with in the 1st tone to the mouth-breathers, how important it is for these beings to check things out by taking a good breath before anything, a decision, a meeting, whatever, take the in- formation in on the tongue, take it in through the mouth; very, very important. Again, when you think about the opportun- ist, the thing that makes the opportunist successful is that it knows what direction to take, that is, where to invest in what net- work, in what beings. And obviously, for this particular opportunist that’s not some- thing that can be done without this cogni- tion. Otherwise, it becomes the opportunist whose vehicle can really be at risk from burnout, from fatigue, from all of those things because the cognition isn’t there and energy is misspent. After all, the 4th line body is the most likely to misspend energy. And of course, you’re dealing with an active brain system. Of course, that means that that invest- ment with others means maintaining some kind of focus on them, on remembering them, on remembering things about them, knowing things about them, it goes on and on and on. It’s a very active process in order to maintain those networks. If it’s not correct, if it doesn’t have cognition, then obviously this is where the problems are going to be, not simply on the surface, that one doesn’t seem to get the oppor- tunities that the ones you would like, as an example, or they don’t come at all. But this is PHS; it’s going to have a deep impact on the body. --- PAGE 124 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 116 Again, this is the value of the determination in providing the right nutrition. Ob- viously, the active brain system needs its nutrition. As much as the right nutrition for the right side is about trying to bring out the emergence of new sensory capacity, on the left side it is about maintaining the activity level that the brain demands, this kind of active brain, how much energy good nutrition is necessary for that. So, here as in all of these formulas, we always come back to the same place all the time; again, the importance of the nutrition to provide for the active brain system. Question: Did I hear it right, that you once supposed that 1 and probably as well 3 and 5 are nose-breathers and the 2 and probably the 4 and 6 are mouth-breathers? I’m just looking at Elfriede’s question about nose-breathers. I have speculated on that, but it’s not something that I know. It isn’t something that is part of the know- ledge and part of what I am certain of. The 3, 6, 4 Looking at the most active—and again you can see the changing demands of nutri- tion level from the 1 to the 2 to the 3. I’m giving you nuances here, but they’re im- portant to recognize. The 1, the nose-breather is very steady in its concentrated process. It’s steady on what it knows so it’s not worried about what it doesn’t know, so it’s not as busy. It’s only busy when it’s first establishing its authority and first es- tablishing what is secure for it. We know that the 2 gets busy because the 2 has to be prepared for what it can’t be prepared for in that sense. So there is al- ways activity there, there is always more nutrition necessary. When we get to the 3, we get to the most active. In other words, we get to the visual cortex, we get to the work of the visual cortex, and we get to this whole process of scanning, focusing and strategizing, and again, at the brain level. In other words, the brain setting up all the parameters for that—busy, busy, busy, busy, busy. And obviously this demands energy. It’s one of the first things you learn as a kid in biology is about how much energy it takes to just keep your brain going. Keeping your brain going is like wow. This is a big job in the body just pumping all that blood, oxygen, whatever, keeping all of that active. It taps in and saps an enormous amount of energy. So think about this very active brain system, think about how much energy it demands. The interesting thing for me about the right tone and the left tone is that I think that the left tone are naturally bigger eaters than right tone, and I’m talking about vo- lume. In other words, the amount of volume necessary to be able to maintain the activity with a gradient moving from 1 to 3, and then you go over to the other side --- PAGE 125 --- Lecture Eight Sixth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 117 and the gradient going down, the need for less and less food. The 3 and 4 probably need the same amount of volume. But after that, 5, 6, very, very, very different vo- lume, very, very sensitive digestion, only need certain things to maintain reasonable, correct maintenance of the vehicle, much more streamlined, in that sense. It’s different. You have to think about the source, you have to think about the ener- gy that’s necessary for these different kinds of brain functions and out of that you can begin to see that it’s going to lead on the surface to different demands of those bodies for what they’re going to need if they’re functioning correctly. So, let’s take the example here of this particular being and they’re operating accord- ing to their Strategy and Authority. The likelihood is, even given that they are direct eaters, that they will notice that there is an increase in the volume of food that they’re taking in. And again, it will be relative because you don’t know what level the not-self is used to, because the not-self can be homogenized into an enormous volume eater, the not-self can be homogenized into a small volume eater. Again, it’s difficult to put this in an objective way. But I want you to grasp that there are basic differences in the volume demand that these systems will need. Or the level of the energy content in what they’re going to take in. The 4, 6, 4 The moment we go over to the right side we’re going over to what is a passive sys- tem, after all. Where we don’t have all that scanning and focusing. It is very differ- ent. In fact, it’s going to need a lot less energy to run its program than a 3 needs to run its program, a lot less energy. And yet, at the same time, able to take in and store a vast amount of information, relative to whatever its capacity happens to be. So we have a very different body in terms of its nutrition. My understanding about the nutrition of the right side is deeply con- nected to my understanding of the potential of rave. That is, it is not going to be able to digest any kind of meat. I think the way in which it’s going to take in food is going to be interesting, let’s put it that way. I think that volume-wise it is going to appear to be rather minimal; very, very differ- ent from the demands of the strategic left, very, very different. The rave will not ever have to run away or chase anything. Just think about that for a moment, because that’s life as we understand it as humans. Running away or chasing has been the whole story of our existence. And we went from running away as Neanderthals, right-sided, to chasing, human. We’re going the other way again. There is simply going to be neither this nor that. They are not going to be creatures in movement in the way in which we understand it. So, when we’re thinking about humans that are right-sided on the vehicle side, that one of the first things to grasp --- PAGE 126 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 118 is that the amount of food they need will be less and less the more correct they be- come, and as a gradient, again, moving from the 4 to the extreme of the 6. Here we’re dealing with inner vision; we’re dealing with this capacity to be able to take in what the eye can see. And simply be able to take it in, in such a way that it is, in fact, stored as a historical map. I watch this. I’ve been fascinated lately, the last year, by savants, these strange beings. There are only supposedly 50 of them that are alive on Earth today. One of them, a very, very interesting man, less debili- tated than most, which makes his case very interesting because he’s reasonably arti- culate. He has the same gift as most savants, that is, this gift of being able to take in vast amounts of information without reason, he’s compelled. His main thing is numbers. He’s a numbers savant. For example, he has memorized the 29,434 numbers in pi. He has this unbelievable, unbelievable memory capacity. What is interesting about it is that he does not see—he describes it as visually seeing colors and shapes and he will draw numbers. For example, he said the number 289 is the only ugly number. And that he thinks that the number 333 is the most beauti- ful. And he draws it as a pattern. The thing to grasp about the right is that it takes in this vast expanse, whatever its potential is, whatever the limitation is, after all, the eyes can only see what the eyes can see, but whatever these eyes can see it can take in. But what it does with that, that’s the great wonder of what it is to be right, because you cannot know until that moment of interaction. Here is an opportunist, after all, and the opportunities are there from others. It’s when the other taps into this resource, that’s when this being is going to fulfill its potential. And what a potential it has. The 5, 6, 4 Who knows what’s going on in here; it is such a fantastic environment. You should Google it some time, by the way, maybe hard to cut through at first, but the discove- ries they’re making about the Solar Plexus, the gut. They’re overwhelmed with what’s going on in there. It’s incredible what is going on. This is a vast mutative process that is part of our privilege to have a sense of it, to un- derstand there’s something going on here. We have dealt with, particularly, seven- centered beings, with the whole history of the emotional system as wave, the motor, this deep motor. The true emotional beings were seven-centered beings. This was the emotional system with no potential for mutation into awareness. This was a pure emotional motor of the seven-centered life. --- PAGE 127 --- Lecture Eight Sixth Color, Lines 3 & 4 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 119 We are different. And we are different because of the mutation. There is the next stage or the spiral upwards in the awareness potential of our kind or the next kind or our family tree. It is something that we cannot fully grasp now because it has not emerged. But we have to see, that just as the self-reflected mind produced by our brain made us so enormously different from the Splenic creatures, that we learned to dominate. Please understand that this movement to the awareness of the Solar Plexus is going to dwarf what we are enthralled with in terms of what we call mind. Oh, let the vanity stop at this door, because when this door opens up, wow, I want to tell you, you’re talking about an awareness that’s in a different category. Of course, that is not the potential that a human carrying the right side is ever truly going to experience. It’s not possible, they’re not raves. However, despite the neural shutdown, despite everything, in operating correctly, in following their PHS, and again these are the nocturnal ones, they are the most sensitive ones, they will gain access to it. It will be there in the way in which their Strategy and Authority operates on the surface because it will be the awareness that’s guiding them and they can suss things out. The environment they’re in, the aura, the chemistry of the environment, the electromagnetic field, you name it, they’re in touch, not to the point that we will enter into the science fiction domain of raves, but to the point that it’s providing them with guidance far beyond what they ever imagined they would have. And they don’t necessarily know what it is. Remember, this is an unconscious aspect in their design. It’s simply going to be what guides their ―this‖ and ―that‖ in the decision making of their authority. It will be up to their mind and the level of its clarity to be able to assess the wonder that they have just experienced, the knowing that comes to them that gives them a depth that they do not know where it comes, and it only comes out when it is brought to them, drawn from them like water from the well, and less substance ne- cessary. This can be a deeply efficient body, a deeply, deeply efficient body, very, very sensi- tive. It doesn’t need a lot of food, but it needs to eat in the dark, sundown. It’s a nocturnal eater. And all of that gives it precisely the energy and nutrition that it needs. The 6, 6, 4 This theme of the skin—everything about the right is about being able to recognize and embrace differentiation. The right is really extraordinary because it is almost the description of the Buddha’s state, in a way. This perfect receptiveness because that’s what it is in essence. What a thing to get to that place where one can be so truly passive. And yet, at the same time, as a human being, do well in this life deal- ing with the strategic framework. It demands the allies. It demands education. It demands help. --- PAGE 128 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 120 As I’ve said, it is much more severe on the personality side because to be a receptive mind, to be right-fixed, leads to enormous conditioning. But here, there is always this wonderful, wonderful, wonderful advantage. It’s the most beautiful thing about Human Design. I guess what touches me so deeply is that there is always just one answer, and it’s such a good answer. It’s the Strategy and Authority that begin the healing process because life is about direction. The body keeps on placing the mind in exactly the right place with its fin- gers crossed that the mind will see. But the body brings it there. It’s its magic. The body sets the stage on the mental plane; it builds this fantastic construct, this brain, with its gift, its sensory gift, this perception that it can draw from this sense or that here, the touch, the tactile. How much information comes into this skin, this deeply, deeply, deeply sensitive surface. And all of that is available through Strategy and Authority. Automatically that cogni- tion is available to that 4th line. The vehicles on the right carrying the 4th line, you have to see they’re in great risk of physical problems, much more so than just about anything you’d want to look at. They have a very, very difficult PHS which means they have been deeply, deeply conditioned, and are every day of their lives. They have been so homogenized, cut off from their cognition. And of course, in being cut off from their cognition it means that their body is wast- ing resources. They overcompensate with food. They eat too much; they eat the wrong things at the wrong time. Oh, it leads to a lot of problems. It’s a body where things can just break down. They just can. And of course, all of this can be so quickly fixed, literally fixed. Strategy and Authority—eat when the sun goes down— transformation of a life; the magic of PHS. It’s like, to really see that we each have this very, very, very specific, very, very, very direct specific plan, each of us, nothing missing, everything we need. But we always come back to the surface, we always come back to the illusion, we always come back to our lives. And our lives are based on frequency. If our fre- quency, if our illusion, this frequency that we call ourselves, if it’s not correct, we miss out on all of that. All of that. And we have all the problems that go with it, mental and physical. It’s this illusion on the surface. And the only way that we tame that is Strategy and Authority. It aligns us to the right frequency. That’s it; it’s fre- quency. After that, it’s just a movie. You sit back, put your feet up and watch the movie. Ok, as always a pleasure, do take care. Until next time, bye for now. ~ --- PAGE 129 --- PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 121 Lecture Nine Sixth Color Chains: Lines 5 and 6 Before I begin today I want to both thank and congratulate all of you for staying with me through this journey through the chains. We’re actually going to complete the PHS chain today, the tone-color-line chain. It has been very ―enlightening‖ for me in terms of so many things that I’m beginning to understand about the infrastructure. It’s added a great deal to the knowledge. Having gone through all of the chains I’m working with Asi Farran, our programmer, because by September we will have not only a PHS program, but we will have a PHS diagnostic interchange. We’re going to have some very exciting things to expand the foundation of the knowledge. But these chains are something that will provide a database for the software pro- gram so that all the chains and basic keynotes to each and every one of the chains will be instantly available, in that sense, in terms of being able to do analysis for people and things like that. So, it’s been a very rewarding journey in that way and will provide a foundation for PHS students for the future. The 5th Line Ok, so let’s get back to our work. Of course we have shifted now, we’re into the up- per binary, the 5th and 6th lines and we’re here with the 5th line, the 5th line body, the heretical body, the body that can be burnt at the stake, the body that can be de- stroyed, in a sense. One of the interesting things about the 5th line body is that it can attract enemies, it can attract—and when I say enemies, by the way, that’s a dangerous word because it’s so easily personalized. They can simply attract forces that can potentially crush them. Their paranoia doesn’t come from nothing. It is re- ally deeply rooted in them. The 6th Color The other thing that we know about it is that as a 5th line, and here of course we are going to be dealing with the unusualness of the 6th color, that is, we’re dealing with a 6th color that is automatically present in such peculiar configurations. That is, on the personality side, all of the transitional profiles have a 6th color personality. So the 6th color carries with it a very special value. That is, it is very much a deep, deep sensi- tivity. And as a deep sensitivity it is perhaps, in a sense, the most sophisticated kind of duality, light and darkness, daytime eaters and nocturnal eaters. It says a lot about this kind of determination, how it belongs to the future and how important it will be in the future, because the 6’s, after all, represent transition, and particularly --- PAGE 130 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 122 here, in the fact that we’re dealing in a time of mutation and transition in the Solar Plexus system itself. Obviously, this heretic, this is a potential to universalize, but it is a potential to un- iversalize from the unconscious. In other words, an infrastructure that has the po- tential to provide, as a brain function for the personality, the capacity to universalize. And also, at the same time, that this capacity is something that is only going to be able to operate correctly, this is a brain that can only truly specialize in this when, first of all, it’s operating correctly and second of all, it’s getting access to its cogni- tion. The 1, 6, 5 Of course when we start with tonal cognition we start with the 1st tone, we start with the sense of smell. This is a concentrated active principle; this is a very, very active brain system. This is an active brain system constantly sampling the environment, constantly checking for things, constantly making sure that everything is ok. Its lan- guage is: it’s all ok, it’s all ok, it’s all ok. This is the language of the 1st tone. It’s so different, as you’ll see, from the 2nd tone. The 2nd tone says: I don’t care, I don’t care, I don’t care, to the it’s ok, it’s ok, it’s ok. It’s waiting for what’s not ok. But here in this deep, deep beginning we go to the olfac- tory capacity. What we’re looking at is the potential of this heretic to have quite a nose, that nose that can smell what it needs to smell in order to know what to do, in order to know what to call, in order to know when to move forward. And remember, it’s an unconscious process. And of course, all of this can be enhanced by the correct determination. And I think quite frankly that the most complex homogenization takes place the further you go up in the color scale. By the time you get to the top, by the time you get to the 6th color, and you get to this light/dark sensitivity, this enormous homogenization takes place in these populations. There are about 2.3 billion people altogether that will carry that. And to really understand that so many human beings are conditioned on- ly to basically eat in the daylight, with many of them having their main meal in the dark, a kind of a not very satisfactory balance, not being able to digest the food that they eat during the daytime if they’re nocturnal, not being able to digest the food at night if they are daytime people. So, this is a very, very significant regimen and something that says a lot about fu- ture and future eating habits. And it says a great deal about the potential of the rave in terms of being nocturnal. It’s very different from humans who strategically are fundamentally daylight eaters and were traditionally daylight eaters. 1781 and the transition to the nine-centered being has changed a lot of the dietary habits rela- --- PAGE 131 --- Lecture Nine Sixth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 123 tive to time. It has to do with the industrialization of society and the organization of eating times and all this kind of stuff. The 2, 6, 5 If we move to the 2nd tone, we move to taste, and of course, it’s one of the things I’ve been discussing because, in the 1st year class I was doing their PHS prescriptions we were talking about taste and its relationship to salt. It’s so interesting that if you’re a 2nd tone person and you’re operat- ing correctly according to your PHS, that’s what you’re going to notice as one of the main themes, you’re going to notice the change in your relationship to salt. It’s not about doing anything about it, it’s about watching your body seek out and hook into what is its correct salt level. As I said, the 2nd tone is for brain infra- structure, that though it is still the immune system, it’s still a binary system, it’s still concerned about security, it is not con- cerned about maintaining the fortresses of what already provides security. It is not a back up to the 1st tone. It is its own master, if you will. And its interest is in what may come through mutation. It is deeply sensitive to the potentials of mutation; it keeps its eyes open. It’s also a cognition that is never, never ready to accept the absolute. And of course, that’s one of its great advantages. It’s also one of the limitations of being strategic. But nonetheless, it’s very difficult for it because it always knows somewhere within it, because it has the receptors for such things, that things do happen that are unex- pected, mutative, show up out of the blue. And of course, again for this particular heretic is the taste. Remember 1st and 2nd tones are deeply connected to breathing and breathing can be very important as sig- nals. That is, if you’re a 1st tone person you’re a nose-breather, breathe in strongly with your nose before you have to deal with the situation, it’s obviously going to give you more information. Same thing if you’re a 2nd tone; you’re a mouth-breather, taking in that air through your mouth when somebody is approaching you. Particu- larly as a 5 because they’re suspicious of those that approach them, this will give you a sense of who they are, what they are, and what they want. Obviously, it would be nice to have access to that kind of cognition. Again, on the design side it’s basically simple—Strategy and Authority. But of course, because of the heaviness of the homogenizing, because these are such sen- sitive beings, these light beings, that you’re not gaining the full advantage of the cognition that is there. As I’ve mentioned, it’s very important for those that are right-sided, that if PHS is something that attracts them, that it’s very important for them to enter into the process. It can be something that is really a deep healing --- PAGE 132 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 124 process for them, and it is something that their body has lacked nutrition-wise for a very long time. Again, you have to deal with the fact that you’re dealing with what is, in essence, it can be difficult socially in those kinds of things. It can be a challenge at first, be- cause it’s breaking a lifetime of conditioned habits about when to eat and when you think you’re going to be hungry, and stuff like that. But nonetheless, it is a huge leap forward in terms of the potential in these beings. The 3, 6, 5 Here we have the visual cortex, the outer vision. We’ve shifted into a periodic fre- quency. We’re still dealing with an extremely active mind. But this is an active mind that has a very, very different focus and focus is the word because the focus is visu- al. That is, the capacity to be able to fo- cus on a specific within an environment, and strategically be able to provide the framework of analysis that the personality ultimately can use. In other words, it’s a strategic brain, and it’s a strategic brain that is tuned to the visual plane. Again, a heretic, that in being able to as- sess those that are coming, in being able to see, because, after all, the heretic can provide us with the universal truth, to be able to see that truth, to be able to see who can hear it, see it, whatever the case may be. Again, this is going to be a mat- ter of having access to the cognition, following the Strategy and Authority. But again, the homogenization that you’re dealing with when you’re dealing with an upper color, there is so much sensitivity here. How important it is for this being to understand that eating in the natural light is something that is deeply, deeply benefi- cial for them, and not simply for their digestion. These are people that it’s extremely unhealthy for them to sleep on their food; the exact opposite of the right-sided. They need to have their last meal early enough so that they can complete the diges- tive process or the bulk of the heavy work before they actually go to sleep. This is something really to grasp. But it’s interesting; I live with it so it’s interesting to watch. We’re having our main meal at 4:30 in the afternoon. Wow, is it ever dif- ferent. It doesn’t make any difference to me, so I go along with it. It is a very in- teresting process. And obviously, it’s deeply beneficial. The 4, 6, 5 The dilemma comes when we move over to the other side, because the moment we move over to the other side, the moment that we move to the right side we move into a totally different domain. Right-sidedness is really something. And as I’ve --- PAGE 133 --- Lecture Nine Sixth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 125 been mentioning to you, the right side has a truly transpersonal value that can never be ignored. In understanding any profile, to begin to recognize how there are four basic variations of—and not every profile because some profiles you’ll see only have three variations. What I’m referring to is the variation of whether you’re left-left, right-right, left-right or right-left. That is, the personality-design combination. It is fascinating to look at and to see the way in which statistically that unfolds be- cause there are many anomalies in there where we’re going to see that only certain chains are connected to certain things. I’m going to show you that next week, by the way, I think you’ll find that very exciting to look at. My point in all of this is that the right, whether it is the vehicle’s right or the personality’s right, because this is about the rave and the direction of rave consciousness, we have to accept something very basic about the limitation of the right in a strategic world. That is, that the right is not equipped to function on the Earth plane the way the left is. As a matter of fact, its main direction is to be able to of- fer its basic gift to something that is larger than itself. It is the true homogenized pattern of the future. It is the kind of surrender that we see my- thologically in the way in which man talks about its relationship to God and its readi- ness to surrender itself to that greater be- ing. The rave is here, is designed to be surrendered to the conscious penta, to give up its selfhood, to give up its unique pursuit, to provide simply the resource. Now, that’s all very, I guess, lovely within the context of the rave and the rave penta. But it’s a very different thing when you’re talking about a human being and you’re talking about somebody that’s incar- nated and they have a right aspect. And even more so for the mind because the mind will be more homogenized because mind is conditioned to be so deeply strateg- ic because the not-self mind is in control of its life. It’s important to see that these beings need support in order to fulfill their potential. And whether they are left angle, right angle, blue angle, red angle, it isn’t going to make any difference. The fact is the very right-sidedness of them demands that they have a unique communicative relationship with the other, that they get to be recognized for the resource that they are. Here we have this inner vision. And as I talked about this, this is the closing of the eyes when the food is in the mouth. It’s very simple. But it’s this inner vision; these are people that to close your eyes for a moment before somebody comes towards you is to give you the information you need to be able to deal with them correctly. And yet, everything about this heretic, regardless of what the configuration is going to be—3/5—whatever this heretic may be, whether they are a Generator or a Projec- tor or a Reflector or a Manifestor, they must wait for whatever to come to them. We all do anyway. --- PAGE 134 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 126 It’s one of my comments about the right is that the right has a natural affinity to the strategy provided by Human Design. It simply allows them the grace of having their strengths emerge. The most devastating thing for anybody on the right is to initiate, because this is just conditioning, it can’t be anything else, because it’s not the way they work. This is a capacity to simply take in and here of course, taking in through the visual cortex but no reason, no agenda, no strategy, no focus, no purpose. This is a heretic that utters universal truth when it’s drawn from them; not a heretic that expresses universal truth before anyone asks. They don’t even know they have it, these right beings, and in fact may not live it out at all because the vast majority of them are deeply, deeply, deeply, deeply, deeply, not-self, just not-self. And they have a brain that is designed to be deeply receptive, this perfect passive quality. But the perso- nality, because it is not-self is never going to gain access to that. It’s going to be developing strategies, deciding what to do, blundering along. The 5, 6, 5 When we get to the Solar Plexus, the theme of the 5, when we talk about the theme of the 5 and sugar in the earlier class. I was talking about how as we have seen that the 2nd tone and the 5th tone represent keys in the left and right configuration. And of course, the 5th tone is really the core of what rave consciousness is about, it’s about tapping into frequencies that humans cannot tap into. And it’s interesting be- cause it’s related to sugar. And of course, it really is about sweet and sour in a way. And it’s one of the things to see again that when one is operating correctly, when one is allowing this feeling cognition to be the source that is moving this vehicle, that there will be this shift, this finding the cor- rect balance in terms of the sweet and the sour in the existence. It’s the beauty of understanding that the vehicle itself knows precisely what to do when it’s given its intelligence to guide it. Our bodies know. That 2nd color baby that’s right-fixed, that’s closed, that sticks its tongue out before the food is even in its mouth; it knows. It hasn’t been ho- mogenized yet. Its body’s intelligence is saying, don’t take that in. It gets slammed in anyway, but it knows. And of course, if you’re right-sided you have to see that your PHS becomes a very, very important ally. It is one of these ways in which you can begin to perfect your system. And as I said about right tones, to really understand one’s sensitivity to electromagnetics and auras, not to sit beside refrigerators and your computer, these kinds of heavy-duty electronic machinery that everyone has around them in this life because it’s going to impact you. Auras are going to impact you. --- PAGE 135 --- Lecture Nine Sixth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 127 But most of all you’re here to be nocturnal. You’re here to be a night eater. And on- ly then are you going to hone these feelings, this potential deep sensitivity to the frequency around you. And as a correct heretic in this sense, there are those that view the 5, always stands there as the epitome. What everybody wants from a hex- agram you can find in the 5. This is their dream. It’s why they can be so quickly punished if they do not fulfill the promise of that dream. And when somebody comes to this heretic and this heretic is correct, well, they’ll get something. And it’s not like the heretic knows it’s there. It’s the unconscious, after all. It’s just something that the brain is going to provide. And when I say brain, by the way, it’s not really the brain; it’s going to be coming out of the Solar Plexus neural system that’s going to provide the information. And it’s just a matter of whether that personality is ready to allow it to come out. Life is about decision mak- ing. The vehicle makes the decisions, but it demands that it’s guided by its cogni- tion. The 6, 6, 5 A comment worth repeating from the earlier class was how difficult it is sometimes for the 6th tone beings to be comfortable. Just sitting in a chair—the story of the princess and the pea, this can be very much a 6th tone phenomena, this incredible sensitivity to the tactile. Just the chair that they sit in, often very difficult for 6th tone beings, unhealthy for them, in fact, to go into public places and sit on seats that they don’t know who was there be- fore but they pick up the frequency. It’s so easy for them to pick up these frequen- cies from the inanimate. It’s something to think about in terms of the sensitivity, the deep, deep, deep—we’re talking about such a sensitive body, a deeply, deeply sensitive body. And of course, again one of the protec- tions for this body, so that this sensitivity does not become a problem, again is the PHS. Here we’re dealing with the indirect; we’re dealing with the nocturnal. And of course, becoming nocturnal is going to en- hance this capacity. They’re going to become even more sensitive to the physical components of life. And at the same time, what a cognition. What a depth of potential awareness that this brain system, this neural system out of the Solar Plexus, can provide to whatev- er the personality is going to be. But most important is the correctness of the alignment of the vehicle to its life. This is what Strategy and Authority does. It lines us up. PHS enhances our ability to potentially see what we’re aligned to. And then it’s up to the personality, whether the personality will allow seeing to take place or whether the personality is still lost in all of its ―this and that‖ stuff. --- PAGE 136 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 128 The 6th Line Here we’re looking at 4/6’s. Obviously when you're looking at a 6th line being you’re looking at somebody who has a tripartite life process, so that you know that the body itself goes through three physical stages. Looking at anyone’s PHS who is a 6th line being, obviously you need to take into consideration what stage in their process that they’re in. And obviously the impact of what happens to you when you’re in the first part of your process, the Saturn cycle and you don’t have access to your cogni- tion. Well, we know what happens. We have a body that can really suffer. One of the things about the 6th line is that it so often, it doesn’t see what is coming at it, because it’s looking off on the horizon. One of the things about the challenge of being a role model is that you’re not involved but you’re also involved. In other words, you cannot afford to be looking off so far away that you miss what’s coming at you. It is this fine balance that has to be achieved over the process of the tripar- tite life. The 1, 6, 6 So we begin here with returning to the beginning of our tonal structure and begin- ning with the sense of smell. Again, think about this in terms of nose breathing. About 1.2 billion people are specifically, and I say ―specifically‖ nose-breathers. It isn’t that the rest of us, the 4 to the 6 don’t breathe, by the way, but I thought you’d figure that one out. It’s just not a key for us sensory speaking. And for the 1st tone, smell is something that is very, very, very important. These are the kind of people that can really benefit from a traditional breath therapist, people who can really get you in touch with your breathing system, particularly with nasal breathing. This is something that can be very, very helpful and healthy. So for 1.2 billion people that’s something that can be useful for them, but important to understand because your nose is the key to success in your life. That is, it is your olfactory capacity, that is, the brain’s olfactory capacity that is really making the difference for you. It is coming from this binary. In fact, it is deeply lymphatic in terms of biological associations. And there is this incredible information that is available. Remember, everything about this cognition is about establishing security. Nothing else; it is not adventurous, after all. It is about protecting oneself. So that’s the focus. So here’s a role model that, particularly when you think of them in their 3rd line phase, how important it could be to know how to protect themselves, to be able to smell out the difficulty, the trouble, whatever the case may be. And of course, this is about operating correctly—Strategy and Authority, you get your cognitive potential. --- PAGE 137 --- Lecture Nine Sixth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 129 And obviously, here it’s a different story in the way that I stress that the 4, 5, 6 that PHS is an essential ingredient in their process. It is not the same thing for the left- sided. It isn’t as significant. It isn’t to say that it isn’t of value, please understand that. But for the right-sided, my language is this is really something that you should do. If you’re operating according to Strategy and Authority, this is something that is very important for you to do. If I’m dealing with somebody that is left-sided what I’m saying is here is something that is possible to engage in, if you’re ready. This is something that can bring long-term benefits to your life, and so forth and so on, all the stuff that you’ve heard me say before. But I want you to understand there is much more of an imperative, much more of an urgency to try to get the right-sided beings to correct as much of the homogeniza- tion physically as they can. They’re much more homogenized than the left. Every- thing about the way of life that we understand on this planet is what the left has created, this active, strategic world. And the right is really a mutation that’s caught in this and they don’t really fit in, so they immediately get homogenized. The right brain may be developed to be very selective in terms of its sensory input, but the fact is that the school, the mother, the lover, whatever is going to condition that right brain to pretend to be strategic, to pretend to be left and it’s not. So, PHS for them is really an essential ingredient in their transformation process and the possibility of the emergence of these sensory capacities that we can only begin to imagine what they’re like. But anyway, here we are on the active side with the olfactory system with a direct light, eating in the daylight, only in the daylight. And of course, the impact on what it is to be this role model. And of course, everything about the role model is in understanding that the role model is the fulfillment of the developmental process so that you get to the point of standing alone, the example, the trusted representative of this information. And this capacity to stand alone is based on the experience of this and that, to be the observed that is going through the Saturn cycle, being the observer, being on the roof stage, and then coming off as oneself, just one’s ―itness.‖ And the perfection of that itness, beingness, if you like, that perfection is honed here through this olfactory system. It is taking everything in. But it is neither this nor that; it is simply experiencing its own process, not prejudiced to this or that. This is the beauty of what the potential of the role model can actually be. The 2, 6, 6 And of course, we move from the nose-breathers and we move to the mouth- breathers. Again, this is the 1.2 billion people that shouldn’t see breath therapists who teach them to breathe out of their noses, because it is very important for them to be mouth-breathers, and I don’t mean all the time, by the way. They won’t any- way, naturally. But they will breathe a lot with their mouth, it will be something re- cognizable. --- PAGE 138 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 130 And of course it is a key for them because this is how they take in information. Re- member that the 2nd tone is a receptor for mutation. It can recognize something new, which means that it is the taste buds that are a key to that, which is something interesting to think about in terms of our taste buds, that they are mutation sensors and that they can pick up one millionth part of a particle in the atmosphere that has never been there before and get it. Suddenly they’re alert; there’s something that is unique, something that’s never been there before. Taste—and again, the discernment quality of the role model and the perfection of their own process, because the demand on the role model to be correct is extraordi- nary. Just the description ―coming off the roof,‖ there’s no-a ladder, there’s an ele- vator, there’s an escalator. It is threatening in a way, this demand of the correct- ness on the role model. And if they are not correct they shall perish, after all—the good that die young, those that are not old enough to die, dying. And of course, having the right cognition is everything. The moment that you trans- form your decision making process, you transform your direction; you change every- thing. The moment you enter into your PHS, this is a taste system that can be deep- ly refined. There are all kinds of room for improvement. The 3, 6, 6 This is the quintessential human brain—active, visually oriented, strategically fo- cused. This is the human brain. And of course, this is a role model that is here to be deeply visual in its ability to be able to see and to be able to see the world around it and not to miss anything. This is the great test of the 6. You can measure the perfection of role model by its capacity to see all of the ―this and that‖ without being ―this and that.‖ That’s its gift. That’s what makes it special. That’s what at- tracts its role model attention. So, here is this very deeply focused visual cortex. This is a role model that’s gifted with eyes that can really see. And yet, will they? If they’re not operating correctly they’re cut off from the cognition. The moment they’re cut off from the cognition is the moment that they can never be an- ything but ―this or that.‖ They can only be ―this or that.‖ They can’t be something else. It’s this something else that comes from the cognition. Not this, not that. --- PAGE 139 --- Lecture Nine Sixth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 131 They stand alone in their authority. This is their perfection. It is only then that they can truly be a role model because they’re not a role model for anyone. They are just themselves for themselves. No more selfish line than the 6th line. It is the embodi- ment of selfishness, both in its ugly sense and in its most exalted and beautiful sense. Look at the transition in 2027 of the precession of the equinox and you will see where we are going. The 55.6 is the line of selfishness. It is their existence that they are absorbed in, the experience of their existence and everything else is around them. That can only happen through cognition. The 4, 6, 6 I like this transition between the 3 and the 4. I think it’s fascinating the way in which the preparation for the mutation in the transition to the nine-centered being is established by dividing principles in the brain itself. It’s interesting to speculate about the left and right hemispheres of the brain. There is speculation, for example, that we only operated out of one hemis- phere for a very long time. And then we had a mutation that opened up the other hemisphere. It’s just interesting to think of the nine-centered being and to under- stand that what is the difference between human and what is rave begins and ends with the way in which the brain system works. There’s a shifting here. In the progression of the tones we see that the completion of the human process is the 3 and it is the mind. And on the right side we see that the beginning of the process of the rave is the 4 and it’s in the mind. It’s moving away from mind, the division begins there in the brain. But the fulfillment of the process of the right is out of the neural potential of the Solar Plex- us. But it’s here in this Ajna binary that we have this great dividing. Over the years I have looked at so many different variations of the 3-4 divide whether that is line, color and tone and it is an incredible place. It is this twisting of the spiral and the beginning anew of the same thing that’s different. It is a fantastic thing to see their relationship to each other. And always this dividing point between the left and the right, between the upper and the lower. They have an extraordinary relationship to each other. It’s almost like the 3-4 is the blueprint of the dividing cell. The cell that divides, and yet at the same time both are different from each other, mirrors almost, if you will. And of course when we come to the 4 we come to inner vision, we’re still dealing with the visual cortex but we’re dealing with a totally different way in which the in- frastructure is designed so that we’re dealing with this passive absorption of informa- tion. And of course, it is this passive absorption, which is highlighted by nocturnal eating, because being a nocturnal person is something that is going to obviously bring a great deal of potential to that resource of inner vision. But also to see as a --- PAGE 140 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 132 role model that in many ways it is an advantage, what is entirely left alone, in a sense, because there is nothing to pursue. The advantage of being on the right, a right body, a right mind is a passive mind, it has no agenda. There is no ―this or that‖ that is going to be of interest, there is only the ―itness‖ of the vehicle’s own process. It’s like listening to the beating of one’s own heart. It is very different. And of course, this is in many ways—we are approaching the ideal role model. Super sensitive, I mean super sensitive, and at the same time without an agenda, being ready for any ―this or that‖ encounter of any kind and being prepared to be of ser- vice, to be a resource, because this is the nature of the right, and because they are human, to be rewarded for the resource because they must survive. The 5, 6, 6 Ah, the Solar Plexus. It’s over 20 years I do this and the Solar Plexus has always been—the Solar Plexus and the sacral for me because I have neither. I have one gate in those two centers. They’ve been my great teachers in life, I’ve learned so much from them. I learned from being distorted by them and conditioned by them and what that did to me, and all of these years now of turning the openness into wisdom and reading deeper and deeper and deeper into the phenomena of what this is. There is no one alive on this planet that has yet to fully grasp how incredible the Solar Plexus is. It is astonishing in its power. I’ve mentioned before that scien- tific research, the neural activity that they’re discovering in the Solar Plexus is far greater than what we have in our brains. They quite frankly don’t really know what it’s all about, and they don’t. They don’t know that we’re in mutation, they don’t know that there is this incredible transition taking place, they don’t know that raves are coming, they don’t know. They would see it all very differently if they understood the parameters of this. Same thing with prostate cancer and autism and all of these things that are related to this mutation. The Solar Plexus is not about how we understand it and have always understood it. That is, what we inherit from a seven-centered being is a very crude motor. It is a motor that is very powerful, that we’re all familiar with, that is, the wave motor that we call emotions. But the Solar Plexus is truly not about emotions. Emotions are a very, very, very dense level and there is nothing about the right that has anything to do with the dense. It doesn’t. It is more and more refined in terms of its sensitivity to frequency. The true Solar Plexus, or the Solar Plexus that is—not so much the true because that’s what we’ve had and that’s been correct for us for millennia. But what is emerging is something else. And you cannot see it in the context of the emotional --- PAGE 141 --- Lecture Nine Sixth Color, Lines 5 & 6 PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 133 system because you will not see it at all. You have to see it as a kind of new brain because that’s what it is. And it is a brain that codifies, analyzes, distills and stores information from higher frequencies. That’s what it’s about. And so our whole understanding of the Solar Plexus is something that is going to be challenged. This being that has the 5th tone, this 5th tone, even when I talk about it in terms of PHS prescription, I say stay away from the electromagnetic machines and the auras and whatever, it is already there, this deep sensitivity. But you see it’s still basic. It’s still feeling the brunt instrument of the frequency and not yet analyz- ing it, knowing whether you want it or not, but not knowing what it is that you want or what it is that you don’t want in it because you’re not yet reading it. That’s what lies here as a cognitive potential. We don’t see any of these role models. They’re deeply, deeply conditioned. They’re deeply homogenized. They are not nocturnal eaters; all of the things that go along with this. And they’ve been conditioned to be strategic all their life. They demand of their brain what their brain has great difficulty delivering. It does. All this homoge- nized emphasis being placed in areas of their brain that are not natural for their uni- queness. And sure, they’re lousy at strategy, get disadvantaged in their lives. This is what’s new. This is what we are here to be of service to. The 6, 6, 6 What a strange place to end. When I was doing the illustrations for this on the weekend, I was thinking, what a strange place to end, this 6, 6, 6. Numbers are funny things; they carry great myths with them. It’s like my joke about carbon. We’re a carbon-based life form. And carbon has six electrons, six protons and six neutrons, which is kind of cute. What we’re looking at here in this context is the most sensitive of sensitives, and so sensi- tive to the tactile domain. The potential anyway is incredible in this being. It just is. I imagine that as not-self this is a body that has a lot of problems, because it’s a deeply, deeply sensitive body that is very much affected by the inanimate environ- ment around it. For example, if you’re somebody who is incorrect and you are a 6, 6, 6 here, the very clothes that you wear can be damaging to your health. The very clothes that you wear. It depends on where they were made and where they were sold because your body is going to pick up all the frequencies, even if you do wash it before you wear it, it’s going to pick up the frequencies regardless. It’s something fascinating to think about. --- PAGE 142 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 134 It’s almost as if putting it on, you can tap into where it came from, who made it. We don’t know this kind of sensory cognition. This is, in any way of explaining it, it sounds like science fiction. And yet, this is what is the inherent potential here. I’m not suggesting that we see any of it because we don’t. The world is homoge- nized and the right is more homogenized than the left. Here is this deep gift. But it isn’t going to come to the surface unless this being is correct and committed to that correctness, unless they allow themselves to go through a personality process so that they can begin to grasp who they truly are, what their role really is in this life, how they can fulfill their purpose, how they can accept the gift of their vehicle, and at the same time treat their vehicle with the respect that it deserves. They are noc- turnal. And to focus their consciousness or to recognize in their consciousness that the world of the tactile, particularly the inanimate, is something that they have a very deep connection to, and to begin to recognize it and to begin to watch it and to begin to realize how profound and how deep that perception can go. Yeah, the chains; well, it’s been quite a journey. I hope all of you have this sense of running through the genetic code because it’s really what that’s like. It’s very excit- ing to see all these nuances and to recognize in each of them aspects of ultimate un- iqueness. Think about it. We’re not even looking at base here. The base-tone- color-line-gate chain on one side and the base-tone-color-line-gate chain on the oth- er side, personality and design, how truly unique we are. All the chains to all the planets, all the activations, how incredibly unique we are. How beautiful it is to be able to see that. It’s one of the wonders of the knowledge. Anyway, to all of you thanks for being part of the journey. Next week let’s see if we can start putting some interesting things together. And until then, to all of you, you take care and bye for now. ~ --- PAGE 143 --- PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 135 Lecture Ten The Three Chain Groups You can see the heading for today and today is going to be slightly different in terms of my approach. But first, before we go anywhere I want to take you to this de- lightful illustration [larger image next page], I do enjoy it. I’m always trying to find a way in which information can be assembled visually that is helpful, is helpful for understanding, makes it easier to associate things and so forth and so on. Three Groups: Rigid, Energetic and Sensitive There’s something that I really want to begin to introduce and introduce today. And what it concerns is the grouping, these groupings. These groupings are chains that are going to be operating through the binaries, but operating through the bina- ries under a uniform head. In other words, that we have three groups and we have three PHS color chain groups: We have the rigids, the energetic and the sen- sitive. It’s a very important way for us to go, by the way, because as you’ll see as we move deeper and deeper into this process and par- ticularly when we begin the process of analysis that it is going to be very important for us because we’re going to see that population natural- ly divides into these three groups. And that the way in which we deal with these three groups and the way in which their cognition operates in these groups is going to be different. So, this today to begin with, this is an experiment of mine, but we’ve just been going through nearly two full semesters of me just rattling along one chain after another and despite the fact that at least I had a good time and enjoyed it, I would like to open this up to more interaction. There are going to be workshops that I’m adding to next semester’s schedule because I think it’s very important that we begin to inte- --- PAGE 144 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 136 ract in relationship to the knowledge. After all, this three-year program ends up with you being practitioners and it certainly has to be more than just simply that you’ve been here in all the courses, or all the classes. I want us to be able to work together as a group and to be able to make contributions as a group. So to begin with today, these three groups—sensitive, energetic, and rigid—I would like to hear what you have to say about these three groups. And if that’s putting you on the spot and you feel deeply uncomfortable, well, don’t let that bother you because that’s not the point of this. It’s about opening up a discussion. And it’s about opening up a discussion about what these three groups really mean. And what these three groups mean when they are different. That is, you have active that is rigid, you have passive that is rigid. You’re going to have an active rigid that hap- pens to be a specific color that has a specific tone. And basically it’s to begin to string these together. But the first thing that I want to start with is what do these terms—sensitive, energetic, rigid—what value, how do you see the meaning of these three words? There’s a start for you. --- PAGE 145 --- Lesson Ten The Three Chain Groups PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 137 Class Discussion about What These Three Groups Really Mean Comment: I’ll start with the rigid—I’m 2nd color, 2nd tone, but I also have eight 4th lines in my design, which means I’m very fixed. So for me that rigidity is like fundamental in every part of my life, on the surface and underneath, and also with being discriminative I can be very rigid in that as well. So that’s just my point of view. Ra: The correlation between the rigid and the 4th lines is a great one. What would happen to somebody who, for example, was rigid and didn’t have the benefit of all those 4th lines? Would they still, would it turn out that they would still be a rigid type? Do you think there is an inherent connection between being, let’s say, rigid and having 4th lines? Comment: I think for me there is, obviously, because I was given them. So, it’s obviously something that’s very important for me. And being emotional and not jumping too soon, rigidly sticking to my authority and with the patience it’s been a major lesson. I would just say if you don’t have the other side of that or all the 4th lines to match your rigidity, you would have something else, I’m sure, but maybe perhaps not quite the lesson you need to learn this time around. Comment: My husband is 2nd color and he’s a 5th tone and he is also 2nd line on the design side. I would really use the word rigid for him. He doesn’t have very many 4’s; he has lots of 5’s and 6’s. But I find him to be very rigid and I think it’s something he would say about himself also. Ra: That’s very good. My whole goal in establishing these groups is that I am con- vinced that these are general keynotes for PHS body types. This is why I want to open it up because I don’t really see it as specifically body type because I think it goes beyond that. I think, for example, that a brain system that is rigid will also have restrictive limitations in the way in which the self-reflected consciousness will work. The rigidity may come out in the way in which the mind establishes its prin- ciples, as an example. In other words, I see it as a broad generic, but yet one that can be very, very helpful for us diagnostically. Again, I would like to continue to hear various feedbacks about the different groupings. Comment: I am a 1st color so you can say it’s rigid, but I’m so receptive on the mind, for me I am very sensitive to auric fields of other people. So even though you could say ok, I can go in restaurants and I should be stimulated because I’m 4th tone in my body, in the design. The truth is I have an open G so I don’t know if it’s the open G, I’m discovering all that, or my sensitivity to feeling like I’m being touched by auras of other people that there’s very few restaurants I can go to and I always sit at the same table. I have to find the place is good for me, and the ener- getics of the place I go to. It’s basically true for anybody I’m out with. I cannot --- PAGE 146 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 138 hang out with many, many people. I’m becoming more sensitive, since following my PHS, to the frequencies of people. So, I don’t know if that’s helpful. Ra: What is your PHS color? Comment: One. I am 1st color so it’s very rigid and it’s been a journey to give up chocolate, for instance, for me. But I am eating one ingredient at a time and I’m becoming more sensitive, so that’s my dilemma. Comment: So another rigid—it must be the rigid moment. I experience it as I have just been completely cornered to—for me to survive I really have to be following my PHS, be careful about my strategy and invitations and my environment. My open- ness sort of has the lifetime of being all over the place and not doing any of that. At this point in my life, just for health reasons, I feel I really have been rigidly cornered to be impeccable about how I perceive now. Ra: It’s an interesting point. Let’s think about the not-self for the moment and let’s think about these three keynotes. Remember that these three keynotes, in essence, because we’re talking about color and we’re talking about how this will emerge in the vehicle itself that obviously if the vehicle isn’t operating correctly then there’s not going to be access to the cognition and we’re going to have transference, so these colors are not going to operate correctly so all of this is moot. Literally, what that means is that is that it seems to me that the 1, 2, the 1st and 2nd colors, as not-self, are probably going to be the opposite of rigid. In other words, are going to lack the rigidity that’s necessary for them. In the same way that the 3, 4’s will have vehicles that have problems with energy, the 5, 6’s will lack sensitivity as not-self. We’re always dealing with the binary and we’re always dealing with how do we bring the homogenized state, what happens when we correct the homogenized state, what are we looking at, what are signposts. So, the signposts for the 1, 2 is that they be- gin to be more and more rigid, more rigid in the way in which they operate in every sense as a reflection of, or the extrapolation that’s coming out of the rigidity of their brain system being nurtured in the way it should be. It’s this transition that is interesting that will help us understand the not-self dilem- ma. In other words, understand the lack of well-being in the not-self body because we can be able to distinguish what group they’re from and, in fact, how they’re going to manifest that as not-self. Do we have any energetics? Comment: Me—I’ve been thinking about this a lot because I have done the PHS ex- periment for as long as nine months. And then I didn’t do it for the last two months until about a week ago. Energetic to me means fluidic, means ever changing. I real- ly think about that 3rd line transitoriness and changing. It’s very hard to pin this down as to what actually works the best for me, because if I stay all cold I won’t get exactly what I want for food, but I do feel tremendously better. --- PAGE 147 --- Lesson Ten The Three Chain Groups PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 139 Ra: I mean I’m an energetic group and it’s interesting. When I think back to the first part of my life, and I’m a single definition Manifestor, when I look back, in fact, again it’s hard, there are so many things that are involved, but I was in essence very non-energetic in the sense that it took a lot of will to get my energy moving. There was nothing ultimately that really motivated me. And yet, it’s very interesting to see the energy level that I’ve had in the years that I’ve been involved in Design and particularly the last couple of years where I’ve real- ly settled into this very heavy teaching regimen. It’s quite taxing, just the pressure of it. And I find that I have this enormous energy level, and I don’t quite frankly know where it even comes from. It’s just there. Again, I think it’s one of the things that is not so much, for example, that if one is rigid group and one is not-self, not that one doesn’t have aspects of rigidity because those aspects in one way or another they emerge. It is simply that it’s not correct in the same way that the energetics that I had when I was not-self was never correct and was deeply taxing. But it is also clear to me that the whole energetic grouping requires much more con- trol than any of the other groups. These are much more controlling bodies in the sense that they need to control the food, as an example, the hot or cold, control the temperature, control the room environment. They’re very controlling in that sense. I think that not-self energetic people are going to feel that they’re out of control, that they can’t get a grasp on things. There are so many things that lead out of this that I’m beginning to see in understanding these different groupings. Comment: So I’ll just give you feedback to those statements. The thing that has impacted me the most is to know the tone and having heard Mary Ann and then talk- ing further in class and hearing about how important auras are, that really, and then because I’m emotional, I’m emotional unconscious, I’m emotional with the 39/55, I have the 46.6 which makes it a problem for the body, so all of that stuff com- pounded together, I’ve almost come to the point where I think I have to eat away from everybody and maybe eat while I’m walking outside or something to even feel what it feels like to eat, because I think that that’s the biggest realization I’ve gotten in the last two or three months is that I don’t know what it feels like to eat because I’m so bombarded and impacted by other people’s auras. It actually unstrings me; I can feel that now for the first time. So I’ve been trying to figure out what’s a strate- gy so I can get clear about what does feel right and how I can actually approach that. Ra: Oh, it’s one of the most fascinating things about what happens to a sense when it begins to really open up. Obviously, the moment that you can sense the impact of the auric field around you, you’re already dealing with a heightened sensory percep- tion that is essential for you as knowledge. The beauty about tone, after all, is that it is our rightful cognition. It is the information that we need. For me, to know your tone and to understand what the key is for you in your process, it’s like me in almost my childish delight with my illustrations; I’m an outer vision person. The visual context of things are very important for me because I see --- PAGE 148 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 140 that all strategies are rooted in a visual construct. Here’s the construct. And you can build myriad strategies by simply being able to see this. Understanding one’s tone, not that you have to focus on it, you can begin to enjoy your cognitive system. That’s really what it’s about because, of course, the moment that your real sensory capacity is coming out, your mind has already been cut off from your decision making so it has a chance to see it, it has a chance to benefit from it, it has a chance to go along with, hey, we recognize this, feel this, something is going to be done about that. So, yes, it’s all part of the growth. I don’t think that any awakening of cognition is inherently and only pleasant. I think it’s folly to assume so. Often when we become more aware it’s because things we should have seen we didn’t see. Then we finally see them. And it’s not always a pleasant thing to see things the way in which we are capable of seeing them. Yet, at the same time, like any mutation, because it is a kind of mutative process, our gift is to adapt, to adapt to what is us, to adapt to who we are. It’s such an odd thing to even have to say. But in fact it’s so. It’s always exciting for me to hear when anyone is beginning to experience with in- tensity the other, because after all, this is the real magic, is that we are cognizant creatures. We’re deeply gifted and when we operate correctly this is an extraordi- nary experience for all of us to participate in. Comment: Thank you for sharing that. The 4th tone for me, the meditation, the inner vision, I feel that when I do Pilates exercises, it’s my love, I love doing Pilates, breathing, it’s moving and meditation for me and it’s so helpful and is saving me. Ra: Oh, the inner vision is a very special thing. One of the tricks about inner vision, though, is that inner vision is eyes opened. The only time when the eyes should close is the moment before making a decision or dealing with a situation. But the great gift of inner vision is its ability to take in information without prejudice. And that information later is a deep resource of information for the brain system, for the mind ultimately. Again, here we’re looking at these groupings, but we have to see, of course, that we have these very, very different systems. That is, the human-like active energetic, for example. And on the other side you would have the passive energetic. And of course, there is a real difference. There is a difference in food intake, in other words, volume, quantity. There is a big difference between an active brain and a passive brain in terms of the amount of energy that it’s actually going to need. I think that it’s clear to me that the right side is always going to need less than the left. Interesting compensation for the fact that the right has no survival mechan- isms, so it actually needs less resources in order to maintain its viability. So I think that in terms of dietary considerations that one also has to see that if you’re operating correctly you’re going to begin to notice either if you’re active you may notice an increase in volume. If you’re passive you may notice a decrease in volume. Again, these things are going to be relative to what you were like in terms --- PAGE 149 --- Lesson Ten The Three Chain Groups PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 141 of your conditioning. But basically you can see what that is about. That is, the ac- tive brain system needs more fuel, and the passive brain system needs less. The passive vision doesn’t require the deep focusing concentration that costs energy and requires more fuel that is on the active side. Again, the problems of what hap- pens when we have transference. That is, the passive right, those vehicles are rare- ly allowed to be passive because they are frightened, they’re under pressure to sur- vive like everybody else. They’re being conditioned to be active in their nature. Ob- viously, that is going to be a dilemma for their systems. So that you end up with an active being that is not supposed to be active, or an active frame and it’s not sup- posed to be active just because of homogenization. Much more difficult for the right in that sense. Comment: That’s interesting about the Pilates. I’ve taken up Pilates and then I suddenly decided I wanted to do yoga again and I really couldn’t do it. My body was hurting because it’s a bit more bending and stretching and not rigid. So that is quite fascinating. Ra: That’s cute, I like that one. Comment: Just one more comment about my experimenting so far is one thing that happened for me, it didn’t happen until about three months into following the PHS, but after that everybody, myself included, commented about how much more energetic I was, how much I was able to have more capacity. I didn’t have to think about things like just getting up and walking across the room to do something. Now in the last two months, again, that’s going away. Ra: Yes, it’s fascinating. It’s become such a thing for me that I am so aware of, I’m left, I’m energetic and I have calm. I guess that’s what I am. This outer appearance of calmness and this deep energy within, I’m so very aware of that. So, very aware, usually about 10 or 15 minutes before I’m ready to eat and I eat on a clock, I’m very organized in that sense, I’m already sussing out the environment. I can feel myself checking to see what the frequency is in the house and what the frequency is going to be in terms of my eating. I’m so aware of needing the calm. When I began to teach this I entered into my own experiment; I sort of felt like Jekyll and Hyde at that time. It’s an amazing thing for me. I deeply appreciate the benefits that I’ve received. That is, I have this tremendous increase in energy and focus, the focus of my 3rd tone. So, for me it’s fascinating. How can I say that, I was pleasantly surprised by how efficient that actually is and how sensitive I’ve become to it. I’m in so many ways accepting by nature. This is something now that I find very, very difficult to deal with. I’m so sensitive now to the need for the calm in my eating environment. It gives me more energy. Question: I am curious, I guess, because I’m a rigid, to ask Cathy what made her drop the experimenting with the PHS a couple of months ago. Did it just happen? Is that how periodic works? --- PAGE 150 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 142 Comment: Well, I’m 5th tone so I don’t know that I’m as periodic as you might think. I’m cyclical; I feel that very much. But two things happened. One is I got sick, I had that horrible chest something and for the first time in my life it actually took me out for an entire month, so I didn’t even eat half the time. The second thing is I have lots and lots of 4’s in my design, and I have lots of Sun/Earth kind of things that make me an abdicator in one way or another, or have to yield. I tre- mendously feel that. And one comment I want to make, Ra, and see what your take is on this, is that I’ve decided that my only saving grace is my nodal information. I’m more thankful for the nodal information almost than anything because the only way to handle this sen- sitivity I have at this 5th level with all my emotional nature is to just get away and get out and to be in nobody’s aura in particular. On my vacation I attempted to real- ly follow my design but I was with a total of four people, including me, I was com- promised out the yin/yang and I gained 12 pounds in 9 days. So, the external is my nodal thing and that’s about the only thing that really saves me. That’s when I get back to balance. Ra: Yes, I think you very well described all of that. I think that each and every one of us have what is in fact our way. We have a unique way to achieve any of these things. Your point, though, about the nodes, and we’re going to be focusing on that next semester, the nodes really are—you don’t get the feeling because we’ve spent a long time now dealing with the internal, but the external is enormously important, as you well point out. It’s particularly important for the general well-being in the life because it provides you with the keys to what are the best environments, the most efficient environments for you to operate in. So, again, we’re in a long process of going through very deep information. It’s not complete yet, so we’re not here to be settled into a specific perspective yet. Wait until we integrate. The rest of this year we’re going to be doing a lot of work with the external. And then we’re going to do the holistic integration. That is, see how all of that works within the illusion itself, within the life itself. There is a tremendous way to go. But yes, it is clear to me that the external is something that is enormously impor- tant. For me, anyway, whether we’re referring to the nodes on the design or the personality side, from the various earliest days of my teaching, the first main theme of my teaching was the Cross of Life. No understanding of life is complete without a grasp of the impact of the nodes. And in PHS, particularly, because after all what we’re looking at in the internal is just that, we are looking at the internal. We do not just live the internal. We have the external, we have the world around us, and of course the enormous pressures that are there in the genetic imperative and the im- pact of the world around us. It is so important for us to have environments that are correct for us. It’s essential. It’s like the food that we eat and the way that we eat it; it’s an essential ingredient to our well-being. Comment: I want to say that I find these keynotes of the grouping, actually, in- credibly inspiring for a number of reasons. But I think the one that touched me the deepest, the one where I can actually see my own PHS resonating to that keynote is --- PAGE 151 --- Lesson Ten The Three Chain Groups PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 143 through the not-self. And it’s something obvious. People do not live their PHS, so for me, I’m 5th color and I am 2nd tone, so my theme was rather to discover that I am sensitive was really something that was always a surprise for me. I’m 1/3; I was even surprised when I came to know I have a 5th transpersonal color. So, when I look back into my body and my relationship with my heath, basically what I see is how insensitive I have been. I have been as insensitive to my well- being as insensitive as one can be in the sense that I have carried an open wound, bleeding and pouring out stuff for 20 years, trying not to pay any attention to it. And rather than acting in correspondence to that sensitivity that was there, I would live in transference, for example. If you don’t live out correctly, instead of a 5th col- or sensitive I would become a 2nd color rigid, which was sort of my mental approach to health to try to find a rigid diet, a rigid habit, start to figure out rigidly which habit is the one that I have to eliminate rather than realizing that it is always a synchro- nicity with the circumstance. So those keynotes are really inspiring for me to look at them from the not-self pers- pective and from the perspective of what they become when they transfer, the sensi- tive that becomes energetic or the sensitive that becomes rigid, this kind of stuff I find very inspiring. Also, because it’s something that is easy to see, actually to rec- ognize in somebody else’s body. Ra: Yes, absolutely, I agree with you 100%. My view is always that whenever I lay any of these things out what I am looking at is always the binary; I’m always looking at the not-self because that’s going to be the basic theme. I think we’re often misled in looking at these kinds of mechanics, misled into the assumption that that’s what we are or that’s what people are, and in fact they’re not. That’s why I think these groupings are very important for us. I think it’s very important to see that those people that don’t look after their body, as an example, to understand that they come out of this group, that it’s a way of recognizing that. It’s also a way of beginning to understand the kinds of things that they need. That is, to be connected to that sensitivity. It’s the same thing for the rigid and the ener- getic. That is, as not-self they’re very difficult. They’re always going to create situa- tions that are going to be inherently unhealthy for the vehicle. Seeing it as not-self gives us a deep insight into the patient or the client that we’re going to be dealing with. An understanding of what group they are is something that is going to extend be- cause what we’re going to see is that when we begin to see this in the combination of the internal and the external, we begin to understand the real dynamic of, not simply how to keep the body healthy and to keep the brain functioning relative to determination, but at the same time to enhance what is one’s potential in life. Ful- fillment of purpose is something that is achieved through the environment itself. So, I think these as PHS—I was about to say type, but it’s terrible with these kinds of words because you confuse things, and it is one thing I don’t want to do. But they’re very important; that’s clear to me. It’s clear to me that one day we will look at --- PAGE 152 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 144 these groups in a very deep way separately; that they will be specialized in because I think that they are really distinguishing zones. Question: I’d like to understand what sensitive involves a bit better. From what Alok said I could imagine that it would look at somebody who was really taking care of their body and sensitive to how they ate and everything. Is that a fair generaliza- tion? Ra: Well, no, not in the context that we’re looking at. In other words, if everybody was following their PHS and everybody was correct, then all of those beings with 5th and 6th colors would be sensitive, and sensitive in many ways—sensitive about their environment, obviously sensitive about the light, sound, sensitive about other be- ings, sensitive about their food. That sensitivity would translate into many things. It would also mean they would have a very sensitive intelligence, all of that. But of course, that’s not the way the world is. That’s what we hope to gain, one per- son at a time, in this process of teaching human beings, teaching them the know- ledge. But in fact what we get, what Alok was so clearly pointing out is that we get the opposite; we get not-self. So, what happens to that sensitivity? It is clear what happens to it, it begins to lack sensitivity and that lack of sensitivity emerges in many ways. It may end up being lack of sensitivity that is expressed in social behavior, it could be lack of sensitivity in relationship to oneself or loved ones or this or that, it goes on and on and on. In other words, it simply is not going to function the way in which it is laid out here in the mechanic, or the way in which it’s possible if you’re operating correctly. So, the point is that in looking at these groups—the sensitive, energetic, and rigid— we actually have to think of them as not being that. In other words, we have to think about what they’re living through transference and the way that impacts on a vehicle that’s supposed to be this, that or the other, and is in fact not. Comment: So, in one of the other classes earlier this year I had thought you said that it isn’t really clear that there would be a direct transfer when you talk about PHS; there is when you talk about Rave Psychology. But you might just as easily transfer some other place and it’s not as straight across. I’m a 3, I wouldn’t neces- sarily go to a 6. Is that correct? Ra: Yes, Cathy, that’s correct. I was taking the general theme of what Alok was saying. I think there are relationships that are there; there are aspects of it that are there. For me, you’ll notice the way that I’ve been describing it is that the sensitive is not sensitive. Now, if that happens to turn out to be rigid in their not-sensitivity it could be derived from many things. But you’re quite right, I said that quite clearly and I meant that. When you’re cut off from cognition at the design level, there is no transference relative to the cognition because you don’t actually have a connection to it at all. It’s more understanding, that as a general understanding of the vehicle, that the sensitive as it operates through not-self, it is not going to be sensitive, that’s clear. --- PAGE 153 --- Lesson Ten The Three Chain Groups PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 145 In other words, you’re going to get the opposite in terms of the way in which the not-self will function. Comment: I have a question for Alok. My daughter is also a 5th color and she’s the low. Are you very sensitive to the tone of people’s voices when they’re talking to you, let alone thinking about food? Comment: Oh, absolutely. I was just thinking before that I’m 2nd color that if I can feel any improvement of what could be my PHS is that my taste for people, it grows to be more rigid in the sense that I either like you or I don’t. And whether I like you or I don’t at the core level has so much to do with what your voice ex- presses, what you have to say and how you say it. But basically, yes, I feel myself very sensitive to that. Question: Are there any Light people that will give us some kind of feedback? Written comment: I feel a correspondence of 19/49 on the surface of my Design with sensitive (6.6) underlying mechanic. I find it very helpful to me to be patient and wait for clearness in response in time before acting. It gives a certain weight to my inner Authority in these parts of split (other definition - 34/20 and 15/5).] Ra: Well, we have Parinama above. I think if you look at his comment, he’s a 6-6 and that’s about as sensitive as one can be. The most interesting thing that I want to ask you Parinama, because I have this thing about the 6’s and I have the thing about their eating and what they are sitting on, because the 6th tone has an incredi- ble connection to inanimate, that is, through the tactile. It can be very disturbing, for example, let’s say you go to a restaurant, it can be very disturbing to sit in a chair that the person who just sat in that chair had some difficult things they were thinking about, maybe they were emotional and whatever and the fact that they are not in that chair anymore doesn’t mean that they haven’t left off a residue. That is, the neutrino ocean that is pouring through them while they’re sitting on the chair is pouring through the chair, and information is left off. My assumption is that if you’re a 6th tone and you’re truly sensitive, and obviously a 6-6 has a great deal of potential sensitivity, that you’re very, very sensitive of the, it’s almost an aura of the very chair that you’re sitting on. Any comment on that Pa- rinama? Comment: I could say that I find some cases like I feel myself in a kind of discom- fort in certain environments, but specially to say about food conditioning. I’m just now became more aware where I come and what I feel in this environment and this tactile information. Of course, it’s really very new for me and it’s really interesting because, especially we have to go in the evening time to different restaurants and I could feel at the same place very different feeling at the same place. Maybe that’s because of the different people were in this place. It’s really interesting, but maybe I need more time to explore this. Ra: One of the things that I suggest is try eating in the same chair more often. I think that’s something that is really good. --- PAGE 154 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 146 Written comment: My daughter is a color 3 tone 5. She will not buy anything used - it has to be new. Ra: (laughing) that’s interesting. Yes, well, that’s the sensitivity. It really is. This is the thing, particularly in children these senses, they can be developed to such an in- credible level if the children are raised correctly. That’s another issue, but you can see what kind of cognitive potentials are here and how distorted the body becomes when you’re not operating correctly because you lose contact with all of this. You lose contact with what are the essential ingredients. After all, rigid is meant to be rigid and energetic energetic and sensitive sensitive. This is our formula. This is when we operate at our very best. Whether we’re active or passive and we’re this tone or that tone, we have these very dynamic themes of the way in which we’re intended to operate. Written comment: same for me - I have tried and I can never use something that is secondhand. My husband, too. Question: May I ask something concerning the calm and the low? Be like this that the calm person has to have their calmness from inside and the sound has to be calmness from outside, therefore it means that you are moving or you are nervous in yourself, and the other is nervousness from outside. Ra: Well, it’s a good point Elfriede. I think there is an aspect of truth in it. But at the same time, in terms of the eating environment, somebody like me who is calm, I have to have a calm external environment because everything about upper eating regimens is about circumstance and it’s about the environment. So, the calm envi- ronment is essential in the same way for the nervous the stimulating environment is essential. But I think there is also a positive in what you’re saying in the sense that there is this potential of the inner calm and the inner nervousness in these different varia- tions, but not in terms of eating. In terms of the eating it’s very clear, the environ- ment, I know, I can feel the difference in a moment, absolutely in a moment. It can be the smallest thing and it will disturb my eating. It’s very clear it’s the outside. And the same thing for the nervous, they really need the stimulation. So, these speculations are interesting, after all. This is what I’m trying to encourage today because there is a lot of wisdom in it. We will keep on adding on perspectives. Comment: I just wanted to say something about the sound, the sensitive. That’s what my husband has and I can tell you loads and loads of stories. But what I’m feeling is the rigidity of not being able to express it, because I know he doesn’t like it, like if I do my recording on the radio, he’d say, have you said anything about me this week, and I’m having to really work very hard at being much more sensitive about what I say to him and how I say it. It’s very interesting. But I feel the resis- tance, that rigidity within me thinking that I mustn’t say it, mustn’t say it; he won’t like it. --- PAGE 155 --- Lesson Ten The Three Chain Groups PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 147 Ra: That’s interesting, and of course it’s so true, after all. It gets to be—I love the way Projectors think, this way of codifying and being able to systemize an under- standing of human nature and being able to find then ways of working with it. We have yet to see the potential of the healthy rigid and the healthy energetic and the healthy sensitive. This is something that is so exciting. That is, these are our gifts, after all. I just watch myself, I do not have a particularly healthy lifestyle in the sense of what I take into my body and I’m not somebody that exercises and all of these things. I’m incredibly healthy and I have this abundance of energy. It’s so obvious to me that the calmness has given me strength that I never thought-I just didn’t think that was going to be possible. I don’t particularly feel like somebody who is getting older. I seem to be working more and doing more now than I did when I was in my 30’s, and without it being a drag on my system. So I think that there’s great beauty in being able to fulfill what is your body’s poten- tial and allowing your body to give you the gifts of being able to enjoy this life and being able to take what you can from this life. After all, it’s not an easy journey. You can see how deeply homogenized our planet is, how beautiful it is to have an opportunity to get out of that, to really discover the full potential of our form. It’s a treat. Comment: It is a pleasure for me to feel the sensitivity of other people. And it’s a delight to be around them, I enjoy this class very, very much. Thank you all for that. Question: I was just going to comment. I listened to my original color analysis which you did about a year and half ago and you commented that my personality would be tied up with fears of the body. In some ways, as a person, I looked very rigid because I was desperately trying to drive my car and deal with the fear instead of letting fear be the guide. [Previous written comment: I came across a device sev- eral years ago developed by a mad Swiss scientist. It was a magnetic circle and clothes passed through that field would be clean of the vibration - of the pesticides that were in the cotton or whoever made it.] Question: You know, Ra, this wasn’t in the IHDS PHS classes, but a long time ago in Ibiza you talked about the 4th color being inherently unstable and that they never go back to like whatever their original point is, they’re always in kind of transference. How would that be relevant to this information now? That just jumps in the back of my mind periodically and I try to think of how to counsel 4th color people with PHS and how that might affect them. Ra: There is absolutely no color transference when you’re operating according to Strategy and Authority on your design side. There is continually the pull of transfe- rence on the 4th color on the personality side. And one of the great dilemmas of the personality is dealing with 4th color transference, which means you have to be deeply attentive. That theme of exhaustion is a mind that has to be very, very attentive in order to be able to hold on to its proper personality perspective. --- PAGE 156 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 148 But from the design side, yes there is a tendency in the 4 always to transference. It’s the very nature of how the system is held together by the monopole. But the power of the vehicle intelligence, the power of the vehicle operating correctly locks it in. It’s very different. The relationship between the design and the monopole is a totally different relationship between the monopole and the personality. They’re very dif- ferent. And we see that difference in the design side in the way in which tone oper- ates, in the way in which tone fixes color. We have this fixing. So the moment you’re operating correctly you have this fixed cognition that is guiding you and there is not going to be any transference. But of course, on the other side is a totally dif- ferent story. It’s the dilemma of the personality. Question: I spoke just now in the past tense as if my personality had overcome try- ing to drive the vehicle because certainly my mind is still desperately trying to deal with the fear. Ra: Yes, it goes from being the pilot to the navigator and then takes a sleep in the back room and wakes up and enjoys the ride or something like that. Written Comment: Ra, can you add some synonyms for the 4 touch.] Question: I kind of would like to know the answer to Dr. Elfriede’s question there because sometimes I get the energetic mixed up with the electromagnetic in the touch part. Ra: Well, it is really about the manipulation of things. That’s where the touch comes in. It is not the tactile in the sense of the 6th tone and its ability to be able to take in information from the inanimate. It really is about manipulating. So, it takes a great deal of energy to be able to manipulate. As I’ve mentioned in talking about the 4th color, this almost a drive, it’s hard to resist it. I feel it myself that I have one meal a day still with my family. I have two other meals a day that I have absolutely alone in a room by myself, so it’s an absolutely calm environment. In those situations most of the time—we have a very calm household—most of the time it’s a very calm meal. But there are those moments where, I have young children, the calmness is about to be disturbed and I can feel this enormous energy to manipulate the environment. In the same way that there is this energy in the nervous that’s there when things are too quiet. Written comment: the word `'touch'. Ra: Yes, I’m talking about the word ―touch,‖ Elfriede. I am. You asked me for a synonym, I gave you one, it is manipulation. And I’m talking about the basic drive that is there, the energetic manipulation of the environment. As a matter of fact, manipulation can be attached to this binary. That is, the binary between the 3 and the 4, both in their own way manipulate. So, this is the theme. When you really want to understand this theme, it’s really about understanding how this is all about controlling the outside environment. This is the first step into cir- --- PAGE 157 --- Lesson Ten The Three Chain Groups PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 149 cumstance. This is moving away from inner conditions, the inner condition of what goes on inside, what’s taken on inside. This is the movement to the outside and the first thing is to try to control it in one way or another in order to able to eat correct- ly. So, manipulation is a theme that you can attach to this color. Written comment: touching the food. Ra: Yes, touching the food; touching the food is significant. I think it’s much more important for the 6th tone to touch the food because that’s really what it’s about. It’s the sense that has to feed that. In the color itself, again, it is really about manipu- lating the environment. One of the things you’ll notice about calm or nervous people is that they always ma- nipulate the food on their plate. Or they turn their plate in a circle to get certain as- pects in front of them instead of others. There are little things that you can notice about the different habits that are built into the different groups. Ok, well, as an experiment, I think that was excellent. I very much enjoyed your contribution. I think it’s very important for us to have these kinds of discussions and we don’t get a lot of time to do them. Yes, I think that was great. To all of you, thank you for your participation; it was terrific. Until next week; take care, bye for now. ~ --- PAGE 158 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 150 --- PAGE 159 --- PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 151 Lecture Eleven Chains and Determination Hello and welcome to the last class of this second semester. I thought I’d do some- thing a little different today. You can see the theme: chains and determination. We’ve been down in the mines and I thought it would be nice to come back up to the surface for a moment and take a look at some continuity and think about the way in which determination impacts a life. Let’s begin by remembering something; the person that has to live out their PHS re- gimen is the person that you see in the BodyGraph. It’s very interesting what we can see when we deconstruct and we go down into these various levels and we see things that are there. But the fact is, that in order for this being to truly gain proper access, in order for them to be able to operate correctly, in order for them to have proper development of the brain system, in order for all of that, for them to get the right nutrition and all of these things, they need to be able to op- erate correctly as a ho- listic vehicle. Of course, this is the dilemma. That’s why Human Design is not about telling people what a great and ex- pansive science this is, it’s about the surface. It’s about saying, look, learn how to make de- cisions correctly. You make decisions this way; this is the way you make decisions, try it, you’ll see it works. Because it’s that very surface and without that very surface you don’t get access to any of this. So the dilemma for us is that what we’re dealing with is one of those, I guess it’s a delicious kind of irony in a way, you have this perfect remedy. It’s a perfect remedy. It’s exactly what is correct for the being. It is exactly what is the correct strategy for them as a human being. You have this wonderful information about nutrition and digestion and how important that is for them and all of these things; it’s all there. --- PAGE 160 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 152 But it’s all dependent on whether the holistic being is going to be able to operate as themselves in that experiment in decision making. It’s a huge stumbling block. And when you look at a human being—I want to try to express this so it doesn’t sound so negative because I know it has this negative quality to it. When I meet somebody, I meet somebody for the first time, I am very, very aware of the fact that I am not meeting anything that is honest. Now, I’m an integration ego Manifestor and I’m a 5th line personality so I have my suspicions and all of these things that go with any- body’s framework. I can remember as not-self that I wanted to trust people. And what I noticed as my- self is that trust is not something that is even the point. The vast majority of human beings that I’m ever going to encounter in this life, those human beings that are out there that are standing beside me in the shop or this or that or whatever the case may be, it is so obvious to me that these beings are fundamentally dishonest in the sense that they do not, in the way in which they project themselves forward, do not represent who they are. They do not. And not only do I know that they are conditioned, that is, conditioned by basic fun- damental fear mechanisms to operate in a way that is not what is correct, but it is also the very way in which they express themselves in this life. It is the way they think, it is the way they speak, it is the way they align themselves to the world around them and they’re not-self. I don’t think that you can heal anyone until you can see their sickness. I think it’s an obvious, isn’t it? You really have to see it. I don’t see human beings as being—sick is not the word, because it would be poorly stated—I see them as being helplessly incorrect, period. Helplessly incorrect. So, this is the dilemma. The dilemma isn’t in the discipline it might take to follow the regimen. After all, if you get to a point where you recognize that Strategy and Authority is effective for you, if you enter into the experiment of PHS and you begin to notice the advantages for you, it’s a no- brainer that this is something that you’re going to involve yourself with and continue to involve yourself with because it’s to your benefit. But you have to get there. Homogenized Problems There’s this huge stumbling block that gets in the way, and it is the not-self. When you bring somebody to their strategy and to their PHS, you’re healing their intelli- gence system. You’re not healing directly anything that has emerged on the surface because the dilemmas that human beings have are homogenized problems. They’re homogenized. --- PAGE 161 --- Lecture Eleven Chains & Determination PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 153 Think about this being. Here they are with their open Throat. If you have an open Throat you’re going to be putting an enormous amount of pressure on an overtaxed gland. And when I say ―overtaxed,‖ I want you to think about the thyroid system and how extraordinary it is in its relationship to the Throat. The Throat has the most gates. There are 11 gates out of the Throat. And all of those gates, in essence, are a thyroid process. And there’s this person with this totally open Throat Center. And we know that they’re going to have problems with their throat. They’re going to have problems with their larynx, tonsils, they’re going to have frequent coughs, they’re going to have this and that, blah, blah, blah, hoarseness. They may have throat related allergies, all kinds of things. PHS Serves the Infrastructure Knowing their PHS is not the direct solution to that. That’s a homogenized problem. It is a sickness of their not-self. It isn’t to say that it isn’t affecting the holistic being, it is, very much so. Unfortunately, it is. But it must be understood what PHS is. PHS is not something that serves the surface. It serves the infrastructure. The sur- face dilemmas can only be resolved when one moves away from being dominated by one’s openness. Oh, think about it. I want you to see the lack of wellness in people. And I want you to see that with grace, not with arrogance, with grace. It’s helpless, after all; but not to be fooled by --- PAGE 162 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 154 it. We’re not here to serve that surface. That is the difference between PHS and an- ything else that I know that is about healing. It’s not about that. It’s not about our concern that PHS is directly concerned with this thyroid system. It isn’t. It’s directly connected to the infrastructure. Most sicknesses that people have, most problems that people have are a by-product of the not-self, are the by-product of splits. The 45% of humanity, something like that, that happen to be split definitions, they have more physical sickness than anyone else. The basic split; because of the enormous conditioning tension that is there. Unique Immune Systems And it is in the homogenization that we get the homogenized problems. If we are truly unique, that means that we all have a unique immune system function amongst other things, then we’re not going to be susceptible to homogenized problems. It’s the great fear in agriculture today about corn. Corn is a staple, it’s a main staple. In order to be able to defend corn against its many parasites and natural enemies, years and years and years of development have produced a strain of corn that is basically super corn. And super corn is being planted everywhere. Now, the dilem- ma with super corn is that in essence every corncob is a clone of another. In other words, they are identical in their super-ness. So, here we have a homogenization. And at the moment that a mutation comes along that turns super into not-so-super, and where there is a mutation there will be another, the threat to the world corn population would be incredible. Like the over- blown threat of a vast pandemic on hu- mans, this wiping out with this hand like the Black Death. This is homogenization. The more unique you become the more resistant you are to the homogenized di- lemmas, most of which is because you yourself are removing yourself from your own homogenized system. Most people when they think about their health concerns, most people for exam- ple, that are going to be attracted to PHS, are attracted because of their surface homogenization problems. That’s what brings them there. I have this problem with my stomach—you bet; you sure do have a problem with that stomach—not-self, open ego—always going to have stomach problems; the 40th gate, the gate of the stomach in an open center. But PHS is not about dealing with that 40th gate. It isn’t. It’s about providing the vehicle with its proper nutrition to orient it towards its cognitive potential and in so doing, provide well-being to the vehicle itself. And all of that is only possible if the vehicle is in charge, only then. And if the vehicle is in charge what happens is that from the inside out, rather than from the surface down, the healing process begins. --- PAGE 163 --- Lecture Eleven Chains & Determination PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 155 And it begins with the disconnect from the power of this. Oh, I know that mind con- tinues to be mind. I have one, too. But mind that doesn’t make decisions is not the same mind any more. I know that; it’s not. And it opens the gateway to well-being. If we’re going to apply the knowledge that we have holistically, we have to see that we’re providing PHS to the potential of someone. It is to establish a foundation for their true potential. But they need to be cooperating. They cannot be simply looking for a solution to their surface dilemma, because they’ve tried things—this medicine, that therapy, this thing, that thing and on and on and on. And then they take a shot at the dark at something new that seems a little different. It’s not a patient I’m looking for. The healing begins through the fractal line. That fractal line that drags you to that place knows not why. That a process begins in which you truly get to see the possi- bility. You look at this being. This is a very, very, very powerful being. You can feel the power, this mutative adrenalized emotional desire. Wow! And if that is ruled by mind, by the not-self. In Incorrectness Everything Works against You And you see, there’s something else to grasp about the not-self ruling. The assump- tion is, aha, all of this openness, this is where the problems are going to arise, they’re going to have immune system weaknesses, and they’re going to have a bad stomach, maybe a bad gall bladder. Maybe they have a heart condition, they may have a lousy liver, thyroid and on and on and on. Maybe they have headaches, neu- rological problems, these kinds of things. You can speculate on all of that through the open centers. But don’t forget the defined ones. If you’re operating incorrectly, everything is working against you. Everything. This is not someone who is going to wait for emotional clarity. You have to be kidding. With this big, big open Spleen, no, no, no, no. Give me the now; give me the spontaneous—it’s quite a thing. I understand that anybody who is meeting PHS and working with it, and some of you now—it’s moving on in its second year—it seems like the kind of knowledge that eve- ryone should have access to. I watch the number of people that come through the PHS entry zone at Jovian. There’s nothing there. There’s a 15-minute short little documentary film and the possibility to get an overview. But it is amazing consider- ing how little is there how many people visit this place, how many people every day view this film. There is obviously not only an interest, there is a need out there for something that can be effective in bringing well-being into our lives. The Need for a Holistic Approach to the Human Being It’s so important for me that anyone who specializes in this knowledge has a holistic approach to the human being that they’re dealing with. That is, you have to see it within the full context. For me, PHS is in essence a reward. That is, it is a reward for entering into the experiment of being yourself. The first moment that anyone even gets access to the potential of what’s there on the design side is the moment --- PAGE 164 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 156 they enter into that Strategy and Authority. What a difference it would make in this being’s life. I’m just taking here the chart. You can see the only two activations are the 57 and of course this is the design Sun, and the 51 in the Heart Center and this is the design Earth. I colored in the three centers so you see where the definition is, this running definition that goes through the center here up the stream of desire. Just looking at the chain for a moment, the first thing that we understand about this body, this heretical body, is that it is a vehicle that can feel threatened. It certainly is going to feel threatened more often if it doesn’t have the cognition to properly guide it. There is a great deal of pressure on the unconscious 5. One of the things that you notice immediately when you’re looking at this person’s design is that you see that their PHS Sun/Earth is in open centers. They’re not consistent. They don’t operate consistently. In other words, when you’re looking at this within the holistic level, it doesn’t even appear as if they’re going to be effective on the surface, if you know what I mean. But remember that PHS isn’t about that. It is not about the surface. This is some- thing that’s really important to grasp. It really isn’t. It is about the whole vehicular process in the sense that the aspect is not so much personal to the 57 or the 51, but it is generalized to the entire brain system, or what we call the internal. --- PAGE 165 --- Lecture Eleven Chains & Determination PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 157 The 3rd Color And of course, when we’re looking at this being and we’re looking at their color, their 3rd color, and obviously we know that for these beings that it’s going to be very im- portant for them that liquids—these are the kind of people, an emotional person that has 3rd color, these are the kind of people that are going to bloat. These are the kind of people that will end up, for example, carrying much too much water in their body to make them look puffy and whatever the case may be. Obviously, this fixing that we’re going to have, we’re going to have a left fixing, the tonal fixing and it’s going to be taste. So of course we’re dealing with somebody that is a natural mouth-breather and somebody that has the ability to be able to dis- cern. In other words, they have the potential of this excellent discerning capacity cognitively; this is what is being built into their brain, and obviously the relationship between their tasting system, the taste buds as an example, and the neo-cortex in the way in which the information is processed, that this is intended to be their area of specialization. And of course, they’re not going to be able to gain access to that in the sense of what the true potential is without the determination. That is, without a diet that is hot, that is a diet that is above room temperature, all of those things. But think about it. When you’re looking at somebody’s design it’s interesting to see these re- lationships, but for me these are two very distinct areas. That is, the deconstructed information that we get to glean from looking at either the design crystal and the personality crystal and the value of that information when we can see it in relation- ship to the holistic being. And you see, every time I come back to the BodyGraph and I come back to the ho- listic being, I come back to the dilemma of the not-self. It’s not about looking at this and saying: how does this specifically affect the way in which the 57 and the 51 op- erate. Because that’s not what their purpose is. Their purpose is elsewhere in that sense. The purpose is the ability to be able to establish a reliable conduit for this cognition and the development and maintenance of the body in a correct way. The fact that it happens to be this gate or that gate, not that it’s inconsequential, but it is secondary. It is giving us a direct insight into the need of the vehicle itself and an insight that cannot, in fact, be established or implemented unless the being itself is operating correctly. It’s like a Catch-22; if the being isn’t operating correctly, what to do. You can’t help them. And they become—this is a 3/5. This is a victim waiting for something to happen. 3/5’s that lack awareness, this is what they’re going to meet. Life is not going to be pleasant for them. You have no cognition. You don’t. You just have these homogenized strategies that have been developed for literally thousands of years. The mind has—other than the fact that there is more information conceptual- ly—mind hasn’t changed very much since the days of ancient Rome. It’s this deep homogenization that is there. --- PAGE 166 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 158 PHS is a Right One Earns The client that comes to you has to pass through you to get to the door of PHS. They have to. And it means that you have to establish that they have a right to that, that they are ready for that. It really has to be grasped. No matter how many ways I try to point this out, and I do it as much as I can, to remind everybody where this knowledge begins. It begins on the surface; otherwise, you can’t do anybody any good. You can’t do this person any good if they are caught up in thinking their way through life based on the openness that they have. They’re going to have a life that is going to be full of pain and it’s going to blow up in their face, because that’s what happens. We are not here to dispense PHS as if it were some over-the-counter remedy, be- cause it isn’t. It is something that literally you earn in beginning that process of cor- rectness because only then do you begin to actually connect to your vehicle’s intelli- gence, and this is the whole point. This is the force that is there to guide you cor- rectly in the life; this is the whole point. It is the vehicle. Everything else is second- ary; everything else, including the mind. Because when the vehicle is correct at least you have a shot. You have the system that is there for you. You have the potential that is there for you. You have the di- rection, the geometry, the trajectory, whatever it is, it is there for you. There’s a chance. And if you are operating correctly at the physical level it means your mind is not making your decisions. Sometimes I think after all these years of going so deep that I should go back and just give strategy classes to reinforce as deeply as possible what this simple brings. It opens the doorway to all that correction, that beautiful correction that PHS can bring into somebody’s life. But boy, you have to be ready and it has to come from your inner authority, otherwise there is no stamina for the adventure, none. I am more and more and more concerned that the deeper we go and the more that is revealed the less people will grasp what this is all about. It’s wonderful down here; I love all this. It’s extraordinary to see how things work. But that person in that chart, they don’t need to know any of that. It’s not what’s going to change their life. It’s their Strategy and Authority that will change their life. And only then, only then are they ready for such a thing. Three Steps in the Holistic Transformation There are three steps basically in the holistic transformation. The first step is that you recognize that the Strategy and Authority that has been explained to you is not simply for you, it’s something that you are doing, that you will live. That’s the first step, is to live the experiment. --- PAGE 167 --- Lecture Eleven Chains & Determination PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 159 The second step is PHS. That is, in the sense that in order to be able to expand the consciousness the brain has to be correct. The brain system has to be properly nou- rished. And that all of the dysfunction and homogenization that has been there for years and years and years needs to be dealt with and cleansed. And finally, the passenger; though the passenger participates all along and each step brings the passenger closer to awareness, in the end it is the passenger that com- pletes the process, the holistic process of the correct vehicle endowed with self- reflected awareness. The fact that I can sit here and talk about these steps and the fact that they are me- chanically available is extraordinary. And it has to be seen as a process. For me that kind of a process can take anywhere in an adult from seven to fourteen years. It’s a process. And I know there are all kinds of people, because I have a lot of mail. In my own enthusiasm for the knowledge I was excited to see as many people find out about it as could. I was curious. And I know that for many of these beings in which Strategy and Authority is something that they are aware of, but isn’t necessar- ily something that they follow, that the feedback that I’ve received from these people have all been positive. It’s not as if the PHS was not having some effect; it certainly was having some effect. I don’t know what the long-term effect is of PHS without a consistent Strategy and Authority; you keep on getting cut off from the cognition, so I don’t know how that all works. Obviously, if you treat the body well even if it’s in- termittent, the body is going to have reactions to that, I assume, things like that. But that’s not what I think this is about. After all, you are the senior students in this process and you’re the ones that ultimately carry the banner of this. And you will ultimately be the ones that will educate others. I think that we need to see the place for all of this. Many of my allies who go back to the early years of Human Design, they never had the privilege of knowing this knowledge in their time. There are many people who are coming in today that the day after they have a reading some- body tells them about their PHS. We’re living in a very, very different era and we’re living in a time of tremendous expansion in the knowledge. And we have to be the custodians of that knowledge. Without sounding crass, because it can sound that way, I think access to PHS should be rather elitist in way. I mean, based on Human Design in that sense. I think it should be restricted otherwise. I’m not clear, by the way, when I say that. I’m not clear in the sense that my intuition which guides me in this life is neither here nor there with it. I understand both sides of the story. The Surface Rules Everything But I’m much more protective of it because it is so clear to me, because I see it over and over again, how the surface rules everything. The surface rules everything. Most human beings can never get away from the surface. They can’t; all their prob- lems, all the dilemmas, always there, always on the surface. And their minds tor- ment them because their minds won’t let go of it; can’t let go of it, they don’t know how. This is the reality. --- PAGE 168 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 160 The Design of Elvis Presley This design here, this is Elvis Presley. What to say. You get to understand the di- lemma, the dilemma that the not-self brings into the life, that it cuts you off from the beauty of what your vehicle can be, the incredible beauty that comes with your ve- hicle operating the way it should, the way that is correct for you, being able to gain from that. It’s only now since I’ve been going through my own experiment with PHS that I realize how satisfying, how plea- surable it is, how sweet it is to eat again. Ego integration Manifestor, I’ve always almost have been animal-like with food. It’s fuel; you eat it, you eat it quickly. I used to make jokes about Gurdjieff’s great line about eat fast; your stomach is a muscle, this kind of stuff. It’s not so much that I eat slowly now, because I don’t. But it’s obvious to me how different a process it is. There is a feeling when I’m finished that I never knew before. And I don’t really have language for it. It is just something correct about it for me; it’s just something that feels right. It’s a very different feel. It’s not the same kind of after-food rituals that people sort of go through. Anyway, I don’t know how I got into all that, but nonetheless. Expansion of Awareness It’s so much a part of the expansion of awareness to enter into your PHS. It’s really a part of an advance program of self-revival and rediscovery. So, when you have those around you that are really interested in the knowledge, shift them to their own design and what they’re doing about it. Shift them back to what the key is. Not about denying them the knowledge, but it’s about telling them the truth that no mat- ter how attractive this is, that the great challenge in your life is not about the food regimen you follow, because diet is so popular. It’s not about that. It’s about the way you operate as a being, it’s the way you make decisions in your life; that’s the story. It’s the only story. It’s always the only story. And there be- gins your well-being. You want the right medicine, that’s the right medicine that sets up the whole environment for healing and you heal yourself. And you heal yourself from the inside. You heal yourself by providing for your vehicle and listen- ing to it at the same time. --- PAGE 169 --- Lecture Eleven Chains & Determination PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 161 Anyway, that was all-human-beings-are-ill-and-have-a-problem lecture. I just want you to keep PHS in its proper perspective and keep people aligned to what is really important. What is really important is how to make decisions. Then we’re going to have the real wonder of this. Children and PHS The other thing is so much of my mystical experience was connected with children. It’s all I could think about in the early years after my experience, what that could mean for children. I always had an interest in young people and I had taught them. It was just so obvious to me that this would change everything. It would change the way human beings emerged in this life; to provide the best possible foundation to establish fullness in life. It’s what I still am driven by in the work that I do, that this knowledge is something that filters down to the young and that sooner or later that babies will be raised this way. I know of some that are now being raised this way; it’s very exciting. The real future of PHS is not for the homogenized and the homogenized illnesses and the homogenized purposes and the homogenized truths. It isn’t. It is for these pure beings that come into the world that should not be clouded and distorted with a ho- mogenized field. They don’t need to have those problems. They don’t need to be like that. I see immediately in bringing that diet to my children who are at home, what a dif- ference it makes for them. It’s just a boon to be able to know how to nurture your young. This is the thing. So, it is about perspective for us. There will be many, many people who will seek your services because it is knowledge that they want access to because they have their problems. But there are also all of those that have yet to emerge on this plane who for them it should really be a right, that their parents, that they were lucky enough that their parents had a fractal line that intro- duced them to this knowledge. So, what can I say? It’s just the end of another semester. As always, I want to thank you. I do appreciate it. We have some fascinating places still to go in this process. It’s amazing to think what we have covered in five semesters; it’s very ex- citing to wonder about where it’s all going. But anyway, I’m sure you’ll be there. And for all of you that are coming to Ibiza, I look forward to seeing you. We’re going to have quite a time this year. And for the rest of you listen to Randy, you’ll have Randy on the radio every day, I’m sure that’ll be fun. To all of you, until next seme- ster when we’ll enter into some interesting things, do take care. Bye for now. ~ The End of PHS Year 2, Semester 2 ~ Illustration Library Follows --- PAGE 170 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 162 --- PAGE 171 --- PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 163 Illustration Library Lecture 10 The Three Chain Groups Pg. 135 --- PAGE 172 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 164 Lecture 11 Example Chart Pg. 151 --- PAGE 173 --- Illustration Library PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 165 Example Chart PHS Pg. 156 --- PAGE 174 --- PHS YEAR 2, SEMESTER 2: PHS Practitioner Certification The Upper Color Chains PHS is a certificate program of the (IHDS) International Human Design School All Rights Reserved. Copyright 2006 Jovian Archive Corporation 166